WO2023130876A1 - 一种定位方法和装置 - Google Patents

一种定位方法和装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023130876A1
WO2023130876A1 PCT/CN2022/136773 CN2022136773W WO2023130876A1 WO 2023130876 A1 WO2023130876 A1 WO 2023130876A1 CN 2022136773 W CN2022136773 W CN 2022136773W WO 2023130876 A1 WO2023130876 A1 WO 2023130876A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
moment
time interval
time
positioning
reference signal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/136773
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
李俊
李雪茹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210138847.0A external-priority patent/CN116456270A/zh
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023130876A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023130876A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and more specifically, relate to a positioning method and device.
  • the distance can be obtained by multiplying the transmission time of radio waves between devices and their propagation speed.
  • the crystal oscillator of the device usually has an error, the actual measured time deviates from the real time, thereby generating a positioning error.
  • the positioning response time may not be controlled to be small enough, resulting in the existing time difference of arrival (TDOA) Or the performance of positioning schemes such as round-trip time (RTT) decreases, and the positioning accuracy does not meet the requirements.
  • TDOA time difference of arrival
  • RTT round-trip time
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a positioning method and device, which can improve positioning accuracy.
  • a positioning method is provided, which can be executed by a first device (for example, anchor device #1), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the first device, and this application does not make any limited.
  • a first device for example, anchor device #1
  • this application does not make any limited.
  • the following uses execution by the first device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: the first device sends a first positioning reference signal and a third positioning reference signal, wherein the sending moment of the first positioning reference signal is the first moment, the sending moment of the third positioning reference signal is the third moment, and the first The time is before the third time; the first device receives the second positioning reference signal from the terminal device, wherein the receiving time of the second positioning reference signal is the second time, the second time is before the third time, and the second time is at After the first moment: the first device sends the first positioning measurement information, the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second time interval, the first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment , the second time interval is a time interval between the second moment and the third moment, and the first positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the manner in which the first device sends the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal may be broadcasting or directional sending.
  • the first device sends the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal to the second device and the third device.
  • the third positioning reference signal is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the first device and the second device may be devices with a fixed location (for example, a roadside unit (roadside unit, RSU)), or a mobile device whose location changes, and its coordinate information may be reported through system measurement or the device actively acquisition, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • a fixed location for example, a roadside unit (roadside unit, RSU)
  • RSU roadside unit
  • mobile device whose location changes, and its coordinate information may be reported through system measurement or the device actively acquisition, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • a positioning method is provided, which may be executed by the first device (for example, anchor device #1), or may also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the first device, and this application does not make any limited.
  • the following uses execution by the first device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: the first device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the terminal device, wherein the receiving moment of the first positioning reference signal is the first moment, and the receiving moment of the third reference signal is the third moment , the first moment is before the third moment; the first device sends the second positioning reference signal, wherein the sending moment of the second positioning reference signal is the second moment, the second moment is before the third moment, and the second moment is at After a moment; the first device sends first positioning measurement information, where the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate a first time interval and a second time interval, and the first time interval is a time interval between the first moment and the second moment, The second time interval is a time interval between the second moment and the third moment, and the first positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the method for the first device to send the second positioning reference signal may be broadcasting or directional sending, for example, the first device sends the second positioning reference signal to the second device and the third device, and this application does not elaborate on this. limited.
  • the terminal device and the first device broadcast a positioning reference signal (positioning reference signal, PRS), and the first device and the second device record and report the sending and/or receiving time information of the positioning reference signal for Determining the location of the terminal device combines the ideas of RTT and time difference of arrival (TDOA), so that the overall overhead and complexity are small.
  • PRS positioning reference signal
  • TDOA time difference of arrival
  • this application is mainly applicable to sidelink (sidelink, SL) positioning scenarios, and optionally, this application is also applicable to cellular uplink (uplink, UL) or downlink (downlink, DL) positioning Scenarios, which are not specifically limited in this application.
  • the first positioning measurement information includes a first moment, a second moment, and a third moment.
  • the first device feeds back three time points, and the time interval between any two time points can be calculated according to these three time points, that is, the first time interval, the second time interval, and the third time interval.
  • the first positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following items: a first time interval, a second time interval, or a third time interval, and the third time interval is the first moment and the time interval between the third moment.
  • the first device may feed back at least two time intervals, and then the first time interval and the second time interval may be determined according to any two time intervals.
  • the first device sending the first positioning measurement information includes: the first device sending the first positioning measurement information to a location management function (location management function, LMF) network element ; Or, the first device sends the first positioning measurement information to the terminal device.
  • a location management function location management function, LMF
  • the first device may send the first positioning measurement information to the LMF or the terminal device, so that the subsequent LMF or the terminal device may determine the position of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information.
  • the time interval may be a positive number or a negative number, which is not specifically limited. It should be noted that, for the convenience of calculation and use, the first time interval, the second time interval and the third time interval in the same implementation manner may be positive or negative at the same time.
  • a positioning method is provided, which can be executed by a second device (for example, anchor device #2), or can also be executed by a chip or circuit used for the second device, and this application does not make any limited.
  • a second device for example, anchor device #2
  • this application does not make any limited.
  • the following uses execution by the second device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: the second device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the first device, and receives the second positioning reference signal from the terminal device, wherein the receiving moment of the first positioning reference signal is the fourth Time, the receiving time of the second positioning reference signal is the fifth time, the receiving time of the third positioning reference signal is the sixth time, the fifth time is after the fourth time, and the fifth time is before the sixth time; the second device Send the second positioning measurement information, the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment, and the fifth time interval is the fifth time interval In the time interval between the time instant and the sixth instant, the second positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the first device broadcasts SL PRS twice, the terminal device broadcasts SL PRS once, and the second device receives PRS three times.
  • the first device and the second device record and report the sending and/or receiving time information of the positioning reference signal for determining the position of the terminal device.
  • a positioning method is provided, which can be performed by a second device (for example, anchor device #2), or can also be performed by a chip or circuit used for the second device, and this application does not make any limited.
  • a second device for example, anchor device #2
  • this application does not make any limited.
  • the following uses execution by the second device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: the second device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the terminal device, and receives the second positioning reference signal from the first device, wherein the receiving moment of the first positioning reference signal is the fourth Time, the receiving time of the second positioning reference signal is the fifth time, the receiving time of the third positioning reference signal is the sixth time, the fifth time is after the fourth time, and the fifth time is before the sixth time; the second device Send the second positioning measurement information, the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment, and the fifth time interval is the fifth time interval In the time interval between the time instant and the sixth instant, the second positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the second positioning measurement information includes a fourth moment, a fifth moment, and a sixth moment.
  • the second device feeds back three time points, and the time interval between any two time points may be calculated according to the three time points, that is, the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval, and the fifth time interval.
  • the second positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following items: a fourth time interval, a fifth time interval, or a sixth time interval, where the sixth time interval is the fourth moment and the time interval between the sixth moment.
  • the second device may feed back at least two time intervals, and subsequently may determine a fourth time interval and a fifth time interval according to any two time intervals.
  • the second device sending the second positioning measurement information includes: the second device sending the second positioning measurement information to a location management function LMF network element; or, the second device Send the second positioning measurement information to the terminal device.
  • the second device may send the second positioning measurement information to the LMF or the terminal device, so that the subsequent LMF or the terminal device determines the position of the terminal device according to the second positioning measurement information.
  • the time interval may be a positive number or a negative number, which is not specifically limited. It should be noted that, for the convenience of calculation and use, the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval and the sixth time interval in the same implementation manner may be positive or negative at the same time.
  • a positioning method is provided, and the method may be executed by a terminal device (for example, user equipment (UE)), or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit used for the terminal device. Not limited.
  • UE user equipment
  • the following uses execution by a terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a terminal device sends a second positioning reference signal to multiple devices, and the multiple devices include a first device and a second device, wherein the receiving moment when the first device receives the second positioning reference signal is the second moment, and the second The time is before the third time, and the second time is after the first time, the first time is the sending time when the first device sends the first positioning reference signal, and the third time is the sending time when the first device sends the third positioning reference signal , where the second device receives the second positioning reference signal at the fifth time, the fifth time is before the sixth time, and the fifth time is after the fourth time, the fourth time is when the second device receives the first positioning
  • the receiving time of the reference signal, the sixth time is the receiving time of the second device receiving the third positioning reference signal; the terminal device receives the position information of the first device and the first positioning measurement information from the first device, and receives the position information of the second device location information and second positioning measurement information from the second device, the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second
  • a positioning method is provided, and the method may be performed by a terminal device (for example, user equipment (UE)), or may also be performed by a chip or a circuit used for the terminal device. Not limited.
  • UE user equipment
  • the following uses execution by a terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: a terminal device sends a first positioning reference signal and a third positioning reference signal to a plurality of devices respectively, and the plurality of devices include a first device and a second device, wherein the first device receives the first positioning reference signal at a receiving moment is the first moment, the receiving moment when the first device receives the third positioning reference signal is the third moment, the second moment is before the third moment, and the second moment is after the first moment, and the second moment is when the first device sends the third positioning reference signal 2.
  • the sending time of the positioning reference signal wherein the receiving time when the second device receives the first positioning reference signal is the fourth time, the receiving time when the second device receives the third positioning reference signal is the sixth time, and the fifth time is at the sixth time Before the time, and the fifth time is after the fourth time, the fifth time is the receiving time when the second device receives the second positioning reference signal;
  • the terminal device receives the position information of the first device and the first positioning measurement information from the first device , and receive location information of the second device and second positioning measurement information from the second device, the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second time interval, and the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, wherein the first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment, the second time interval is the time interval between the second moment and the third moment, and the fourth time interval is The time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment, and the fifth time interval is the time interval between the fifth moment and the sixth moment; the terminal device uses the first positioning measurement information
  • the location information of the first device may be obtained by the terminal device from the first device or a location management function LMF network element, or may also be obtained through measurement by other anchor devices with known locations.
  • the location information of the second device may be obtained by the terminal device from the second device or the location management function LMF network element, or it may be obtained through measurement by other anchor devices with known locations, and this application does not make any Specific limits.
  • the terminal device determines the location of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information, the location information of the first device, the second positioning measurement information, and the location information of the second device, Including: the terminal device determines, according to the first positioning measurement information, the position information of the first device, the position information of the second device and the second positioning measurement information, the arrival time difference T between the positioning reference signal sent by the terminal device and arriving at the first device and the second device ⁇ ; the terminal device determines the location of the terminal device according to the arrival time difference T ⁇ .
  • the terminal device is located on a hyperbola with the first device and the second device as the focus, and the difference between the distances from the two focal points is always the time difference of arrival T ⁇ .
  • a third device for example, anchor device #3
  • the implementation manner of the third device is similar to that of the second device.
  • the third device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the first device, and receives the second positioning reference signal from the terminal device, where the receiving time of the first positioning reference signal is is the seventh moment, the receiving moment of the second positioning reference signal is the eighth moment, the receiving moment of the third positioning reference signal is the ninth moment, the eighth moment is after the seventh moment, and the eighth moment is before the ninth moment;
  • the third device sends third positioning measurement information to the terminal device, the third positioning measurement information is used to indicate the seventh time interval T 7 and the eighth time interval T 8 , the seventh time interval is the seventh time t 30 and the eighth time t 31 , the eighth time interval is the time interval between the eighth time t31 and the ninth time t32 , and the third positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the third device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the terminal device, and receives the second positioning reference signal from the first device, where the receiving of the first positioning reference signal
  • the time is the seventh time
  • the receiving time of the second positioning reference signal is the eighth time
  • the receiving time of the third positioning reference signal is the ninth time
  • the eighth time is after the seventh time
  • the eighth time is before the ninth time
  • the third device sends third positioning measurement information to the terminal device, the third positioning measurement information is used to indicate the seventh time interval and the eighth time interval, the seventh time interval is the time interval between the seventh moment and the eighth moment,
  • the eighth time interval is a time interval between the eighth moment and the ninth moment, and the third positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the location information of the third device and the third positioning measurement information from the third device.
  • the terminal device determines the position of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information, the position information of the first device, the position information of the second device, and the second positioning measurement information, including: the terminal device determines the position of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information, the first device The position information of the terminal device, the second positioning measurement information, the position information of the second device, the third positioning measurement information, and the position information of the third device determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first positioning measurement information, the position information of the first device, the position information of the third device, and the third positioning measurement information, that the positioning reference signal sent by the terminal device reaches the first device and the third device.
  • Arrival time difference T ⁇ ′ ; and the terminal device can accurately determine the position of the terminal device according to the arrival time difference T ⁇ and the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′, as well as the position information of the first device, the position information of the second device and the position information of the third device .
  • the terminal device is located on a hyperbola with the first device and the third device as the focus and the distance between the two focal points is always the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′.
  • intersection point of the two hyperbolas can be determined through the arrival time difference T ⁇ and the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′, which is the location information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can also obtain the time difference T ⁇ ′′ between the second device and the third device according to the second positioning measurement information and the third positioning measurement information.
  • the terminal device can be accurately triangulated by recording and reporting the sending and receiving time information of the positioning reference signal by the first device, the second device, and the third device.
  • a positioning method is provided.
  • the method may be executed by an LMF network element with a location management function, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit used for a network element with a location management function, which is not limited in this application.
  • the implementation by the network element of the location management function is taken as an example for description below.
  • the method includes: a network element with a location management function receiving first location measurement information from a first device, and receiving second location measurement information from a second device, where the first location measurement information is used to indicate a first time interval and a second time interval, the first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment, the second time interval is the time interval between the second moment and the third moment, and the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment, the fifth time interval is the time interval between the fifth moment and the sixth moment, wherein the first moment is the first The sending moment when the device sends the first positioning reference signal, the second moment is the receiving moment when the first device receives the second positioning reference signal, the third moment is the sending moment when the first device sends the third positioning reference signal, and the fourth moment is the first The receiving time when the second device receives the first positioning reference signal, the fifth time is the receiving time when the second device receives the second positioning reference signal, and the sixth time is the
  • a positioning method is provided, and the method may be executed by an LMF network element with a location management function, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit used for a network element with a location management function, which is not limited in this application.
  • the implementation by the network element of the location management function is taken as an example for description below.
  • the method includes: a network element with a location management function receiving first location measurement information from a first device, and receiving second location measurement information from a second device, where the first location measurement information is used to indicate a first time interval and a second time interval, the first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment, the second time interval is the time interval between the second moment and the third moment, and the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment, the fifth time interval is the time interval between the fifth moment and the sixth moment, wherein the first moment is the first The receiving moment when the device receives the first positioning reference signal, the second moment is the sending moment when the first device sends the second positioning reference signal, the third moment is the receiving moment when the first device receives the third positioning reference signal, and the fourth moment is the first The receiving time when the second device receives the first positioning reference signal, the fifth time is the receiving time when the second device receives the second positioning reference signal, and the sixth time is the
  • the location management function network element determines the location of the terminal device according to the first location measurement information and the second location measurement information, including: the location management function network element determines the location of the terminal device according to the first location measurement information.
  • the measurement information and the second positioning measurement information determine the arrival time difference T ⁇ of the positioning reference signal sent by the terminal device to the first device and the second device; the location management function network element determines the position of the terminal device according to the arrival time difference T ⁇ .
  • the terminal device is located on a hyperbola with the first device and the second device as the focus, and the difference between the distances from the two focal points is always the time difference of arrival T ⁇ .
  • a third device for example, anchor device #3
  • the implementation manner of the third device is similar to that of the second device.
  • the third device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the first device, and receives the second positioning reference signal from the terminal device, where the receiving time of the first positioning reference signal is is the seventh moment, the receiving moment of the second positioning reference signal is the eighth moment, the receiving moment of the third positioning reference signal is the ninth moment, the eighth moment is after the seventh moment, and the eighth moment is before the ninth moment;
  • the third device sends third positioning measurement information to the LMF, the third positioning measurement information is used to indicate the seventh time interval T 7 and the eighth time interval T 8 , the seventh time interval is the seventh time t 30 and the eighth time t 31
  • the eighth time interval is the time interval between the eighth time t31 and the ninth time t32 , and the third positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the third device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the terminal device, and receives the second positioning reference signal from the first device, where the receiving of the first positioning reference signal
  • the time is the seventh time
  • the receiving time of the second positioning reference signal is the eighth time
  • the receiving time of the third positioning reference signal is the ninth time
  • the eighth time is after the seventh time
  • the eighth time is before the ninth time
  • the third device sends third positioning measurement information to the LMF, where the third positioning measurement information is used to indicate the seventh time interval and the eighth time interval, the seventh time interval is the time interval between the seventh moment and the eighth moment, and the third The eighth time interval is the time interval between the eighth moment and the ninth moment, and the third positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the LMF receives third positioning measurement information from the third device.
  • the location management function network element determines the position of the terminal device according to the first location measurement information and the second location measurement information, including: the location management function network element according to the first location measurement information, the second location measurement information and the third location measurement information Determine the location of the end device.
  • the LMF can determine the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′ of the positioning reference signal sent by the terminal device to the first device and the third device; further, the LMF can determine the arrival time difference T ⁇ and the time difference of arrival T ⁇ ′, as well as the location information of the first device, the location information of the second device, and the location information of the third device, accurately determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is located on a hyperbola with the first device and the third device as the focus and the distance between the two focal points is always the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′.
  • intersection point of the two hyperbolas can be determined through the arrival time difference T ⁇ and the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′, which is the location information of the terminal device.
  • the LMF can also obtain the time difference T ⁇ ′′ between the second device and the third device according to the second positioning measurement information and the third positioning measurement information.
  • T ⁇ , T ⁇ ′ and T ⁇ ′′ Any two time differences of can be used for positioning. For the sake of brevity, no more details are given here.
  • the terminal device can be accurately triangulated by recording and reporting the sending and receiving time information of the positioning reference signal by the first device, the second device, and the third device.
  • the first positioning measurement information includes the first moment, the second moment, and the third moment; or, the first positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following: the first time interval, the second time interval or the third time interval, the third time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the third moment.
  • the first device feeds back three time points, and the time interval between any two time points can be calculated according to these three time points, that is, the first time interval, the second time interval, and the third time interval.
  • the first device may feed back at least two time intervals, and then the first time interval and the second time interval may be determined according to any two time intervals.
  • the second positioning measurement information includes the fourth moment, the fifth moment, and the sixth moment; or, the second positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following: the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval or the sixth time interval, the sixth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the sixth moment.
  • the second device may feed back at least two time intervals, and subsequently, a fourth time interval and a fifth time interval may be determined according to any two time intervals.
  • the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal are sent periodically.
  • the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal are sent periodically, but the second positioning reference signal may not be sent periodically.
  • the sending time of the second positioning reference signal is located between the sending time of the first positioning reference signal and the sending time of the third positioning reference signal.
  • the second positioning reference signal may be sent at any time between 1 ns and 3 ns, and the next second positioning reference signal may be sent at any time between 11 ns and 13 ns. Alternatively, the next second positioning reference signal may also be sent at a period of 10 ns; and so on.
  • the base station instructs the terminal device to send the second positioning reference signal between 1 ns and 3 ns, for example, at 2.5 ns; or, the terminal device may independently determine the time to send the second positioning reference signal without being controlled by the base station, This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the second positioning reference signal is sent periodically.
  • the number of sending the second positioning reference signal and the number of sending the first positioning reference signal (or the third positioning reference signal) may be the same or different.
  • the arrival time difference T ⁇ may satisfy: or, Wherein, TOF is the flight time of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the second device.
  • the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′ can also satisfy: or, Wherein, TOF' is the time-of-flight of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the third device.
  • the intersection point of the two hyperbolas can be determined through the arrival time difference T ⁇ and the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′, which is the location information of the terminal device.
  • a positioning device which is characterized in that it includes a transceiver unit, configured to: a first device sends a first positioning reference signal and a third positioning reference signal, wherein the sending time of the first positioning reference signal is the first positioning reference signal At one moment, the sending moment of the third positioning reference signal is the third moment, and the first moment is before the third moment; the first device receives the second positioning reference signal from the terminal device, wherein the receiving moment of the second positioning reference signal is At a second moment, the second moment is before the third moment, and the second moment is after the first moment; the first device sends first positioning measurement information, and the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second time interval , the first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment, the second time interval is the time interval between the second moment and the third moment, and the first positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • a transceiver unit configured to: a first device sends a first positioning reference signal and a third positioning reference signal,
  • a positioning device which is characterized in that it includes a transceiver unit, configured to: a first device receives a first positioning reference signal and a third positioning reference signal from a terminal device, wherein the first positioning reference signal The receiving moment is the first moment, the receiving moment of the third reference signal is the third moment, and the first moment is before the third moment; the first device sends the second positioning reference signal, wherein the sending moment of the second positioning reference signal is the second Second time, the second time is before the third time, and the second time is after the first time; the first device sends the first positioning measurement information, and the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second time interval, The first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment, the second time interval is the time interval between the second moment and the third moment, and the first positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the first positioning measurement information includes a first moment, a second moment, and a third moment.
  • the first positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following items: a first time interval, a second time interval, or a third time interval, and the third time interval is the first moment and the time interval between the third moment.
  • the first device sending the first positioning measurement information includes: the first device sending the first positioning measurement information to the LMF network element; or, the first device sending the first positioning measurement information to the terminal device Send first positioning measurement information.
  • a positioning device which is characterized by comprising a transceiver unit configured to: the second device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the first device, and receives the positioning reference signal from the terminal device The second positioning reference signal, wherein the receiving moment of the first positioning reference signal is the fourth moment, the receiving moment of the second positioning reference signal is the fifth moment, the receiving moment of the third positioning reference signal is the sixth moment, and the fifth moment After the fourth moment, and the fifth moment is before the sixth moment; the second device sends the second positioning measurement information, the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is the first The time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment, the fifth time interval is the time interval between the fifth moment and the sixth moment, and the second positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a positioning device, which is characterized in that it includes a transceiver unit, configured to: the second device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the terminal device, and receives the positioning reference signal from the first device The second positioning reference signal, wherein the receiving moment of the first positioning reference signal is the fourth moment, the receiving moment of the second positioning reference signal is the fifth moment, the receiving moment of the third positioning reference signal is the sixth moment, and the fifth moment After the fourth moment, and the fifth moment is before the sixth moment; the second device sends the second positioning measurement information, the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is the first The time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment, the fifth time interval is the time interval between the fifth moment and the sixth moment, and the second positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the second positioning measurement information includes the fourth moment, the fifth moment, and the sixth moment.
  • the second positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following: a fourth time interval, a fifth time interval, or a sixth time interval, and the sixth time interval is the first The time interval between the fourth moment and the sixth moment.
  • the second device sending the second positioning measurement information includes: the second device sending the second positioning measurement information to a location management function LMF network element; or, the second device The second device sends the second positioning measurement information to the terminal device.
  • a positioning device which is characterized in that it includes: a transceiver unit, configured for a terminal device to send a second positioning reference signal to a plurality of devices, and the plurality of devices include a first device and a second device, wherein, The receiving time when the first device receives the second positioning reference signal is the second time, the second time is before the third time, and the second time is after the first time, and the first time is when the first device sends the first positioning reference signal
  • the sending moment, the third moment is the sending moment when the first device sends the third positioning reference signal, wherein the receiving moment when the second device receives the second positioning reference signal is the fifth moment, the fifth moment is before the sixth moment, and the second The fifth moment is after the fourth moment, the fourth moment is the receiving moment when the second device receives the first positioning reference signal, and the sixth moment is the receiving moment when the second device receives the third positioning reference signal;
  • the transceiver unit is also used for the terminal device receiving location information of the first device and first positioning
  • a positioning device which is characterized in that it includes: a transceiver unit, used for a terminal device to send a first positioning reference signal and a third positioning reference signal to multiple devices, and the multiple devices include the first device and the second device, wherein the receiving moment when the first device receives the first positioning reference signal is the first moment, the receiving moment when the first device receives the third positioning reference signal is the third moment, and the second moment is before the third moment, And the second moment is after the first moment, the second moment is the sending moment when the first device sends the second positioning reference signal, wherein the receiving moment when the second device receives the first positioning reference signal is the fourth moment, and the second device receives The receiving moment of the third positioning reference signal is the sixth moment, the fifth moment is before the sixth moment, and the fifth moment is after the fourth moment, and the fifth moment is the receiving moment when the second device receives the second positioning reference signal;
  • the unit is also used for the terminal device to receive the position information of the first device and the first positioning measurement information from the
  • the processing unit is further configured for the terminal device to use the first positioning measurement information, the position information of the first device, the position information of the second device, and the second positioning
  • the measurement information determines the arrival time difference T ⁇ of the positioning reference signal sent by the terminal device to the first device and the second device; the terminal device determines the position of the terminal device according to the arrival time difference T ⁇ .
  • a third device for example, anchor device #3
  • the implementation manner of the third device is similar to that of the second device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: the third device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the first device, and receives the second positioning reference signal from the terminal device, where the first The receiving moment of a positioning reference signal is the seventh moment, the receiving moment of the second positioning reference signal is the eighth moment, the receiving moment of the third positioning reference signal is the ninth moment, the eighth moment is after the seventh moment, and the eighth The time is before the ninth time; the third device sends third positioning measurement information to the terminal device, the third positioning measurement information is used to indicate the seventh time interval T 7 and the eighth time interval T 8 , the seventh time interval is the seventh time The time interval between t30 and the eighth time t31 , the eighth time interval is the time interval between the eighth time t31 and the ninth time t32 , the third positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: the third device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the terminal device, and receives the second positioning reference signal from the first device, where, The receiving time of the first positioning reference signal is the seventh time, the receiving time of the second positioning reference signal is the eighth time, the receiving time of the third positioning reference signal is the ninth time, the eighth time is after the seventh time, and the The eighth time is before the ninth time; the third device sends the third positioning measurement information to the terminal device, the third positioning measurement information is used to indicate the seventh time interval and the eighth time interval, and the seventh time interval is the seventh time and the eighth time interval The time interval between times, the eighth time interval is the time interval between the eighth time and the ninth time, and the third positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is also used for: the terminal device receives the location information of the third device and the third positioning measurement information from the third device; The position information of the terminal device, the second positioning measurement information, the position information of the second device, the third positioning measurement information, and the position information of the third device determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: the terminal device determines according to the first positioning measurement information, the location information of the first device, the location information of the third device, and the third positioning measurement information that the positioning reference signal sent by the terminal device arrives at the first location.
  • a positioning device which is characterized in that it includes: a transceiver unit, configured for a network element with a positioning management function to receive the first positioning measurement information from the first device, and receive the second positioning measurement information from the second device Measurement information, the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second time interval, the first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment, and the second time interval is the time interval between the second moment and the third moment The time interval between moments, the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment, and the fifth time interval is the fifth time interval The time interval between time and the sixth time, wherein the first time is the sending time when the first device sends the first positioning reference signal, the second time is the receiving time when the first device receives the second positioning reference signal, and the third time is It is the sending moment when the first device sends the third positioning reference signal, the fourth moment is the receiving moment
  • a positioning device which is characterized in that it includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive the first positioning measurement information from the first device and the second positioning measurement information from the second device to a network element with a positioning management function Measurement information, the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second time interval, the first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment, and the second time interval is the time interval between the second moment and the third moment The time interval between moments, the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment, and the fifth time interval is the fifth time interval The time interval between time and the sixth time, wherein the first time is the receiving time when the first device receives the first positioning reference signal, the second time is the sending time when the first device sends the second positioning reference signal, and the third time is is the receiving time when the first device receives the third positioning reference signal, the fourth time is the receiving time when the second device
  • the processing unit is further configured to: determine, according to the first positioning measurement information and the second positioning measurement information, that the terminal device sends the positioning reference signal to The arrival time difference T ⁇ between the first device and the second device; the location management function network element determines the position of the terminal device according to the arrival time difference T ⁇ .
  • a third device for example, anchor device #3
  • the implementation manner of the third device is similar to that of the second device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: the third device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the first device, and receives the second positioning reference signal from the terminal device, where the first The receiving moment of a positioning reference signal is the seventh moment, the receiving moment of the second positioning reference signal is the eighth moment, the receiving moment of the third positioning reference signal is the ninth moment, the eighth moment is after the seventh moment, and the eighth The time is before the ninth time; the third device sends third positioning measurement information to the LMF, the third positioning measurement information is used to indicate the seventh time interval T 7 and the eighth time interval T 8 , the seventh time interval is the seventh time t 30 and the time interval between the eighth time t31 , the eighth time interval is the time interval between the eighth time t31 and the ninth time t32 , the third positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: the third device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the terminal device, and receives the second positioning reference signal from the first device, wherein, The receiving time of the first positioning reference signal is the seventh time, the receiving time of the second positioning reference signal is the eighth time, the receiving time of the third positioning reference signal is the ninth time, the eighth time is after the seventh time, and the The eighth time is before the ninth time; the third device sends the third positioning measurement information to the LMF, the third positioning measurement information is used to indicate the seventh time interval and the eighth time interval, and the seventh time interval is the seventh time and the eighth time The eighth time interval is the time interval between the eighth moment and the ninth moment, and the third positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: the LMF receives third positioning measurement information from the third device; the processing unit is further configured to: the LMF determines according to the first positioning measurement information, the second positioning measurement information, and the third positioning measurement information The location of the end device.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: the LMF determines, according to the first positioning measurement information and the third positioning measurement information, the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′ of the positioning reference signal sent by the terminal device to the first device and the third device; and, processing The unit is also used for: the LMF determines the position of the terminal device according to the time difference of arrival T ⁇ and the time difference of arrival T ⁇ ′.
  • the first positioning measurement information includes the first moment, the second moment, and the third moment; or, the first positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following: A time interval, a second time interval or a third time interval, the third time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the third moment.
  • the second positioning measurement information includes the fourth moment, the fifth moment, and the sixth moment; or, the second positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following: The fourth time interval, the fifth time interval or the sixth time interval, the sixth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the sixth moment.
  • the first time interval T 1 t 10 -t 11
  • the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal are sent periodically.
  • the second positioning reference signal is sent periodically.
  • the arrival time difference T ⁇ may satisfy: or, Wherein, TOF is the flight time of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the second device.
  • the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′ can also satisfy: or, Wherein, TOF' is the time-of-flight of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the third device.
  • the intersection point of the two hyperbolas can be determined through the arrival time difference T ⁇ and the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′, which is the location information of the terminal device.
  • a first device for example, anchor device #1
  • anchor device #1 including a processor, and optionally a memory
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store A computer program
  • the processor is configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the first device executes the method in the first aspect or the second aspect, and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
  • the first device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a second device for example, anchor device #2
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store A computer program
  • the processor is configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the second device executes the method in the third aspect or the fourth aspect, and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
  • the second device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a terminal device for example, user equipment UE
  • a terminal device including a processor, and optionally, a memory
  • the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is configured to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the terminal device executes the method in the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, and any possible implementation manners thereof.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
  • the terminal device further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a location management function for example, LMF
  • a location management function network element including a processor, and optionally, a memory, the processor is used to control the transceiver to send and receive signals, and the memory is used to store computer programs
  • the processor is configured to invoke and run the computer program from the memory, so that the location management function network element executes the method in the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • processors there are one or more processors, and one or more memories.
  • the memory can be integrated with the processor, or the memory can be set separately from the processor.
  • the network element with the location management function further includes a transceiver, and the transceiver may specifically be a transmitter (transmitter) and a receiver (receiver).
  • a communication device including: various modules or units configured to implement the above aspects or the methods in any possible implementation manners of the various aspects.
  • a communication system including: a first device, configured to perform the method in the above-mentioned first aspect or the second aspect, and any possible implementation thereof; and a second device, configured to Execute the above third aspect or fourth aspect, and the method in any possible implementation thereof; and the terminal device, configured to execute the above fifth or sixth aspect, and the method in any possible implementation thereof; And a network element with a location management function, configured to implement the method in the seventh aspect or the eighth aspect, and any possible implementation manner thereof.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores computer programs or codes, and when the computer programs or codes run on a computer, the computer executes the above-mentioned aspects or aspects A method in any of the possible implementations.
  • a chip including at least one processor, the at least one processor is coupled to a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that A device installed with the system-on-a-chip executes the methods in the foregoing aspects or any possible implementation manners of the various aspects.
  • the chip may include an input circuit or interface for sending information or data, and an output circuit or interface for receiving information or data.
  • a computer program product includes: computer program code, when the computer program code is run by a device, the device is made to execute any of the above-mentioned aspects or any possible implementation manner of each aspect method in .
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an example of a communication system to which this application is applied.
  • Fig. 2a is a schematic diagram of an example of a traditional positioning method applicable to the present application.
  • Fig. 2b is a schematic diagram of an example of the calculation principle of the time-of-flight of the positioning reference signal applicable to the traditional positioning method of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of a bilateral two-way positioning method applicable to the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an example of a positioning method applicable to this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of a positioning method applicable to this application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of another example of a positioning method applicable to the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an example of a time-of-flight calculation principle of a positioning reference signal applied to the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is another schematic diagram of a positioning method applicable to the present application.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of another example of a positioning method applicable to the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another example of the calculation principle of the time-of-flight of the positioning reference signal applied in the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of an example of a positioning device to which this application is applied.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic diagram of another example of a positioning device applicable to the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • UMTS universal mobile telecommunications system
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • the mobile communication system will not only support traditional communication, but also support such as device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine type communication (machine type communication) type communication, MTC), vehicle to everything (V2X) communication, vehicle to vehicle (V2V) communication, vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) communication, vehicle to pedestrian (vehicle to pedestrian, V2P) communication, vehicle to network (vehicle to network, V2N) communication, etc., vehicle-to-vehicle communication long term evolution technology (long term evolution-vehicle, LTE-V), machine type communication (machine type communication, MTC), Internet of Things (Internet of Things) Things, IoT), industrial Internet, long term evolution-machine (LTE-M), new wireless unlicensed spectrum (NR in unlicensed spectrum, NR-U), vehicle networking unlicensed spectrum (V2X in unlicensed spectrum, V2X-U), etc.
  • device to device device to device
  • machine to machine machine
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of an example of a network architecture 100 applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include multiple anchor devices.
  • the anchor device includes at least one main anchor device (serving Anchor), for example, the anchor device 120, and a plurality of auxiliary anchor devices (non_serving Anchors), for example, the anchor devices 130 and 140.
  • the communication system may further include at least one terminal device 150, for example, user equipment (user equipment, UE) to be positioned.
  • the communication system may also include a location management function LMF network element.
  • LMF location management function
  • the anchor devices 120, 130 and 140, and the terminal device 150 may be mobile or fixed.
  • the anchor devices 120 , 130 and 140 , the terminal device 150 and the location management function LMF network element 110 can all communicate through wireless links. That is, the anchor devices 120 , 130 and 140 can respectively send and receive signals with the location management function LMF network element 110 and the terminal device 150 .
  • the anchor device 120 may also perform signal transmission and reception with the anchor devices 130 and 140 respectively.
  • the anchor device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and can communicate with terminal devices located in the coverage area.
  • the primary anchor device 120 may send a positioning reference signal (positioning reference signal, PRS) to the auxiliary anchor device 130;
  • the terminal device 150 may also send a positioning reference signal to the anchor devices 120, 130, and 140;
  • the anchor devices 120 , 130 and 140 may send location measurement information and the like to the location management function LMF network element 110 or the terminal device 150 . Therefore, a communication system is formed between the anchor devices 120, 130 and 140, the terminal device 150 and the location management function LMF network element 110 in FIG. 1 .
  • the anchor devices 120, 130 and 140, and the terminal device 150 are connected through the PC5 interface.
  • the anchor devices 120, 130, and 140 may be roadside units (road side unit, RSU), transceiver nodes (transmit and receive point, TRP), 5G base stations (gNodeB or gNB), etc.
  • RSU road side unit
  • TRP transmit and receive point
  • gNodeB 5G base stations
  • terminal device 150 may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of terminals, mobile stations (mobile station, MS), terminal (terminal), user equipment (user equipment, UE), soft terminal, etc. For example, water meters, electricity meters, sensors, etc.
  • the location management function LMF network element 110 is located locally on a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) or on a core network (core network, CN) side.
  • the LMF supports functions such as positioning calculation, obtaining downlink positioning measurement results or positioning estimation from the UE, obtaining uplink positioning measurement results from the RAN side of the radio access network, and obtaining assistance data from the RAN side.
  • a network element may also be referred to as an entity, device, device, or module, etc., which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the LMF entity includes a local location management function L-LMF entity and a core network location management function CN-LMF entity.
  • LMF local location management function
  • CN-LMF entity core network location management function
  • the embodiment of the present application is mainly applicable to a sidelink SL positioning scenario.
  • it is also applicable to cellular uplink UL or downlink DL positioning scenarios. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • FIG. 1 is only a simplified schematic diagram for ease of understanding, and the communication system 100 may also include other network devices or terminal devices, which are not specifically limited in the present application.
  • Crystal oscillator also known as quartz crystal, is one of the most commonly used components in electronic products, mainly used in oscillator circuits.
  • the crystal oscillator is mainly composed of chips, conductive glue, electrodes and other devices.
  • the main parameters of the crystal oscillator include nominal frequency, load capacitance, frequency accuracy, frequency stability, etc. These parameters determine the quality and performance of the crystal oscillator.
  • Crystal oscillator is the abbreviation of quartz crystal oscillator, also known as active crystal oscillator, quartz crystal or crystal, crystal oscillator. It can generate the clock frequency signal necessary for the central processing unit (CPU) to execute instructions. The execution of all instructions of the CPU is based on this. The higher the frequency of the clock signal, the faster the CPU usually runs. quick.
  • a crystal oscillator refers to cutting a thin slice (referred to as a wafer) from a quartz crystal at a certain azimuth angle.
  • Fig. 2a is a schematic diagram of an example of a traditional positioning method applicable to the present application.
  • TDOA time difference of arrival
  • the distance difference R 21 can be obtained by the product of the time delay difference (that is, the time delay difference between the signal transmission between the mobile device and the two base stations) and the speed of light.
  • the distance difference between two base stations for example, base station 1 and base station 3
  • the mobile device as R 31
  • another set of distances between base station 1 and base station 3 and the two focal points can be obtained.
  • the difference is always a hyperbola of R 31 .
  • the estimation of the position of the mobile device can be realized through the intersection of the two sets of hyperbolas.
  • Fig. 2b is a schematic diagram of an example of the calculation principle of the time-of-flight of the positioning reference signal applicable to the traditional positioning method of the present application.
  • the round-trip time RTT positioning is to obtain the round-trip transmission time by sending the positioning reference signal PRS back and forth, so as to realize the positioning of the device.
  • device A sends a positioning reference signal to device B at its own time stamp T A1 , and device B receives the positioning reference signal at its own time stamp T B1 .
  • device B sends a positioning response signal to device A at its own time stamp TB2 , and device A receives the positioning response signal at its own time stamp T A2 .
  • the device A can calculate the time-of-flight (TOF) of the pulse signal between the two devices by using the round-trip time t round and the response time t reply .
  • TOF time-of-flight
  • the UE to be located can perform RTT process with the three base stations respectively, and then the distances to the three base stations can be obtained, so that accurate positioning of the UE can be realized.
  • an error analysis is performed on TOF (the time of flight of the pulse signal between the device A and the device B) as follows.
  • TOF the time of flight of the pulse signal between the device A and the device B
  • the crystal oscillator error of device A is e A
  • the crystal oscillator error of device B is e B
  • the timestamps actually recorded by device A should be and
  • the timestamps actually recorded by device B should be and
  • the measurement error is related to the response time t reply and the time-of-flight TOF of the pulse signal between device A and device B.
  • the value of t reply is much larger than TOF, and it can be considered that t reply plays a dominant role in the measurement error. Therefore, the measurement error will increase with the increase of the response time.
  • the IEEE 802.15.4z standard adopts the double-sided two-way ranging (DS-TWR) method to accurately locate the UE under test.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of a bilateral two-way positioning method applicable to an embodiment of the present application. It can be considered that DS-TWR is an extension of the RTT scheme. As shown in Figure 3, by measuring the round-trip time between device A and device B twice, the time-of-flight TOF of the pulse signal between the two devices can be obtained, that is, T prop in the figure.
  • a total of three messages are transmitted between device A and device B.
  • the first message and the second message can be regarded as the RTT measurement initiated by the device A
  • the second message and the third message can be regarded as the RTT measurement initiated by the device B.
  • two RTT equations can be obtained as:
  • time-of-flight TOF can be obtained as:
  • the positioning error has nothing to do with the response time, but only with e A , e B and TOF. Since e A and e B are generally on the order of 10 -6 , while TOF is on the order of nanoseconds, the positioning error can be almost ignored.
  • the DS-TWR scheme needs three message exchanges to complete the ranging between two devices.
  • the UE needs to perform DS-TWR ranging with the three anchor devices respectively, and a total of nine message interactions are required to determine the accurate positioning of the UE.
  • the positioning measurement error has nothing to do with the response time, and even if the response time (replay time) is long, a high positioning accuracy can be guaranteed.
  • the overall cost and complexity of this solution are relatively high.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a positioning method, using a positioning reference signal PRS sent by a first device (for example, anchor device #1) to a second device (for example, anchor device #2), and a terminal
  • the measurement and reporting of the PRS sent by the device eliminates the need for clock synchronization between the first device and the second device, which can reduce the impact of clock drift on positioning errors, and reduce measurement signaling overhead and terminal device side while improving positioning accuracy. the complexity.
  • "at least two kinds” means two or more kinds.
  • "And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • a and/or B which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
  • "for indication” may include direct indication and indirect indication.
  • indication information may include that the indication information directly indicates A or indirectly indicates A, but it does not mean that A must be carried in the indication information.
  • specific indication manners may also be various existing indication manners, such as but not limited to, the above indication manners and various combinations thereof.
  • various indication manners reference may be made to the prior art, which will not be repeated herein. It can be known from the above that, for example, when multiple pieces of information of the same type need to be indicated, there may be a situation where different information is indicated in different ways.
  • the required indication method can be selected according to the specific needs.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the selected indication method. In this way, the indication method involved in the embodiment of the present application should be understood as covering the There are various methods by which a party can obtain the information to be indicated.
  • the "indication information” and “configuration information” may be explicit indications, that is, direct indications through signaling, or obtained according to parameters indicated by signaling, combined with other rules or parameters, or obtained through derivation. It can also be an implicit indication, that is, it can be obtained according to a rule or relationship, or according to other parameters, or derived. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the carrying manners of positioning reference signals and positioning measurement information involved in this application may be but not limited to: one or both of radio resource control signaling and media access control (media access control, MAC) layer signaling. combination of species.
  • the radio resource control signaling includes radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling
  • the MAC layer signaling includes MAC control element (MAC control element, MAC CE) signaling
  • scheduling information can be carried in the physical layer (physical, In the PHY signaling, the physical layer signaling includes downlink control information (DCI) signaling and the like.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a positioning method 400 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • the first device sends the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal to the second device;
  • the second device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal sent from the first device.
  • the sending time when the first device sends the first positioning reference signal is the first time
  • the sending time when the first device sends the third positioning reference signal is the third time
  • the first time is before the third time
  • the receiving moment when the second device receives the first positioning reference signal is the fourth moment
  • the receiving moment when the second device receives the third positioning reference signal is the sixth moment
  • the fourth moment is before the sixth moment.
  • the manner in which the first device sends the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal may be broadcasting or directional sending.
  • the first device sends the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal to the second device and the third device.
  • the third positioning reference signal is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the first device and the second device may be devices with fixed positions (for example, roadside unit RSU); or, the first device and the second device may also be devices whose positions change, and their coordinate information It may be obtained through system measurement or device active reporting, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • RSU roadside unit
  • the first moment is t 10
  • the third moment is t 12
  • t 10 is smaller than t 12
  • the fourth moment is t 20
  • the sixth moment is t 22
  • t 20 is smaller than t 22 .
  • the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal are sent periodically.
  • the first device periodically sends positioning reference signals, and sends two positioning reference signals (the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal) each time, wherein the interval between the two positioning reference signals sent each time is The interval of is fixed, for example, the interval is 2 ns; that is, the first device periodically sends the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal at intervals of 2 ns.
  • the first device periodically broadcasts the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal, and correspondingly, multiple devices receive the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the first device.
  • the multiple devices include the second device, the third device and so on.
  • the third device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the first device, wherein the receiving time of the first positioning reference signal is the seventh time t 30 , and the receiving time of the third positioning reference signal is is the ninth moment t 32 , which is after the seventh moment.
  • the terminal device sends a second positioning reference signal to the first device and the second device;
  • both the first device and the second device receive the second positioning reference signal sent from the terminal device.
  • the receiving moment at which the first device receives the second positioning reference signal is the second moment
  • the second moment is before the third moment
  • the second moment is after the first moment
  • the receiving moment at which the second device receives the second positioning reference signal is the fifth moment
  • the fifth moment is before the sixth moment
  • the fifth moment is after the fourth moment.
  • the terminal device may send multiple second positioning reference signals, and these second positioning reference signals may not be sent periodically, or may be sent periodically.
  • the transmission time of the second positioning reference signal is between the periodically transmitted adjacent first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal.
  • the time interval for the first device to send the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal is 2 ns, and the time period is 10 ns;
  • the time is the 3ns, the second positioning reference signal can be sent at any time between the 1ns and the 3ns;
  • the next sending time of the first positioning reference signal is the 11ns, and the next sending time of the third positioning reference signal is the 13ns
  • the next second positioning reference signal can be sent at any time between 11ns and 13ns.
  • the next second positioning reference signal may also be sent at a period of 10 ns; and so on.
  • the number of sending the second positioning reference signal and the number of sending the first positioning reference signal (or the third positioning reference signal) may be the same or different.
  • the base station instructs the terminal device to send the second positioning reference signal between 1 ns and 3 ns, for example, 1.8 ns.
  • the terminal device may also independently determine the time to send the second positioning reference signal, for example, the 2ns, without being controlled by the base station. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the second moment is t 11
  • the fifth moment is t 21 .
  • t 11 means the 2ns
  • t 21 means the 2.2s.
  • the terminal device sends the second positioning reference signal at 1.9 ns
  • the first device may receive the second positioning reference signal at 2 ns
  • the second device may receive the first positioning reference signal at 2.2 ns.
  • the terminal device periodically broadcasts the second positioning reference signal.
  • multiple devices receive the second positioning reference signal from the terminal device.
  • the multiple devices include a first device, a second device, a third device, and so on.
  • the third device receives the second positioning reference signal sent from the terminal device, where the second positioning reference signal is received at the eighth time t 31 , the eighth time is after the seventh time, and the eighth time is at Before the ninth hour.
  • the first device sends the first positioning measurement information, including two specific implementation manners in the following step S431 or step S432.
  • step S431 is performed; when the positioning calculation is performed by the LMF, step S432 is performed.
  • the first device sends the first positioning measurement information and the location information of the first device to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first positioning measurement information and the location information of the first device from the first device.
  • the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second time interval
  • the first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment
  • the second time interval is the second moment and the third moment
  • the first positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the location information of the first device may be obtained by the terminal device from the first device or the location management function LMF network element, or may also be obtained through measurement by other anchor devices with known locations. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the first device sends first positioning measurement information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives first positioning measurement information from the first device.
  • the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second time interval
  • the first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment
  • the second time interval is the second moment and the third moment
  • the first positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • step S431 Based on step S431 and step S432:
  • the first positioning measurement information includes a first moment, a second moment, and a third moment.
  • the first positioning measurement information includes the first time t 10 , the second time t 11 and the third time t 12 .
  • t 10 means the 1st
  • t 11 means the 2nd
  • t 12 means the 3rd.
  • the first device feeds back three time points, and the time interval between any two time points can be calculated according to these three time points, that is, the first time interval, the second time interval, and the third time interval.
  • the first positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following items: a first time interval, a second time interval, or a third time interval, where the third time interval is the time between the first moment and the third moment interval.
  • another time interval may be calculated based on any two time intervals among the three time intervals.
  • the first positioning measurement information includes a first time interval T 1 , a second time interval T 2 and a third time interval T 3 .
  • T 1 means 1 ns
  • T 2 means 1 ns
  • T 3 means 2 ns
  • T 1 means -1 ns
  • T 2 means -1 ns
  • T 3 means -2 ns.
  • expressions of the first time interval, the second time interval and the third time interval are respectively provided. That is, the first device may feed back at least two time intervals, and subsequently determine the first time interval and the second time interval according to any two time intervals.
  • the time interval may be a positive number or a negative number, which is not specifically limited. It should be noted that, for the convenience of calculation and use, the first time interval, the second time interval and the third time interval in the same implementation manner may be positive or negative at the same time.
  • the second device sends the second positioning measurement information, including the following two specific implementation manners of step S441 or step S442.
  • step S441 When the positioning calculation is performed by the terminal device, step S441 is performed; when the positioning calculation is performed by the LMF, step S442 is performed.
  • the second device sends the second positioning measurement information and the location information of the second device to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the second positioning measurement information and the location information of the second device sent from the terminal device.
  • the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval
  • the fourth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment
  • the fifth time interval is the fifth moment and the sixth moment In the time interval between
  • the second positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the second device sends second positioning measurement information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives the second positioning measurement information sent from the second device.
  • the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval
  • the fourth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment
  • the fifth time interval is the fifth moment and the sixth moment In the time interval between
  • the second positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • step S441 Based on step S441 and step S442:
  • the second positioning measurement information includes a fourth moment, a fifth moment, and a sixth moment.
  • the second positioning measurement information includes that the fourth moment is t 20 , the fifth moment is t 21 , and the sixth moment is t 22 .
  • t 20 represents the 1.6s
  • t 21 represents the 2.2s
  • t 22 represents the 3.6s.
  • the second device feeds back three time points, and the time interval between any two time points may be calculated according to the three time points, that is, the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval, and the fifth time interval.
  • the second positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following items: a fourth time interval, a fifth time interval, or a sixth time interval, where the sixth time interval is the time between the fourth moment and the sixth moment interval.
  • another time interval may be calculated based on any two time intervals among the three time intervals.
  • the second positioning measurement information includes the fourth time interval T 4 , the fifth time interval T 5 and the sixth time interval T 6 .
  • T 4 means 0.6ns
  • T 5 means 0.6ns
  • T 6 means 2ns
  • T 4 means -0.6ns
  • T 5 means -0.6ns
  • T 6 means -2ns.
  • expressions of the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval and the sixth time interval are respectively provided. That is, the second device may feed back at least two time intervals, and subsequently determine the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval according to any two time intervals.
  • the time interval may be a positive number or a negative number, which is not specifically limited. It should be noted that, for the convenience of calculation and use, the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval and the sixth time interval in the same implementation manner may be positive or negative at the same time.
  • first positioning measurement information in the above step S431 and step S432 and the second positioning measurement information in the above step S441 and step S442 may be combined arbitrarily when reporting.
  • the first positioning measurement information reported by the first device is the first moment, the second moment and the third moment
  • the second positioning measurement information reported by the second device is the fourth moment, the fifth moment and the sixth moment
  • the first positioning measurement information reported by the first device is any two of the first time interval, the second time interval, or the third time interval.
  • the second positioning measurement information reported by the second device is any two of the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval, or the sixth time interval; or, the first positioning measurement information reported by the first device is the first time, the second time and the third time, the second positioning measurement information reported by the second device is any two of the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval, or the sixth time interval; or, the first positioning measurement information reported by the first device is In any two of the first time interval, the second time interval, or the third time interval, the second positioning measurement information reported by the second device is the fourth moment, the fifth moment, and the sixth moment. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • a third device is also included, and the specific implementation manner of the third device is similar to that of the second device.
  • the third device sends the third positioning measurement information, including the following two specific implementation manners:
  • the third device sends the third positioning measurement information and the location information of the third device to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the third positioning measurement information and the location information of the third device sent from the third device.
  • the third device sends third positioning measurement information to the LMF.
  • the LMF receives third positioning measurement information sent from the third device.
  • the third positioning measurement information is used to indicate the seventh time interval T 7 and the eighth time interval T 8
  • the seventh time interval is the time interval between the seventh time t30 and the eighth time t31
  • the eighth time interval is the time interval between the eighth time t31 and the ninth time t32
  • the third positioning measurement information is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the location information of the third device may be obtained by the terminal device from the third device or the location management function LMF network element, or may be obtained through measurement by other anchor devices with known locations. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the third positioning measurement information includes the seventh moment, the eighth moment, and the ninth moment.
  • the third positioning measurement information includes that the seventh moment is t 30 , the eighth moment is t 31 , and the ninth moment is t 32 .
  • t 30 represents the 1.7 ns
  • t 31 represents the 2.3 ns
  • t 32 represents the 3.7 ns.
  • the third device feeds back three times, and the time interval between any two times can be calculated according to these three times, that is, the seventh time interval, the eighth time interval, and the ninth time interval.
  • the third positioning measurement information includes at least two of the following items: a seventh time interval, an eighth time interval, or a ninth time interval, where the ninth time interval is the time between the seventh moment and the ninth moment interval.
  • another time interval may be calculated based on any two time intervals among the three time intervals.
  • t30 is the seventh moment
  • t31 is the eighth moment
  • t32 is the ninth moment.
  • the third positioning measurement information includes the seventh time interval T 7 , the eighth time interval T 8 and the ninth time interval T 9 .
  • T 7 means 1.7ns
  • T 8 means 2.3ns
  • T 9 means 3.7ns
  • T 7 means -1.7ns
  • T 8 means -2.3ns
  • T 9 means -3.7ns.
  • the third device may feed back at least two time intervals, and subsequently determine the seventh time interval and the eighth time interval according to any two time intervals.
  • the third positioning measurement information, the first positioning measurement information, and the second positioning measurement information may also be combined arbitrarily when reporting.
  • the first positioning measurement information reported by the first device is the first moment, the second moment and the third moment
  • the second positioning measurement information reported by the second device is the fourth moment, the fifth moment and the sixth moment
  • the first positioning measurement information reported by the third device is the seventh moment, the eighth moment, and the ninth moment; or, the first positioning measurement information reported by the first device is the first moment, the second moment, and the third moment, and the second
  • the second positioning measurement information reported by the device is any two of the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval, or the sixth time interval
  • the third positioning measurement information reported by the third device is the seventh time interval, the eighth time interval, or Any two of the ninth time interval
  • the first positioning measurement information reported by the first device is any two of the first time interval, the second time interval, or the third time interval
  • the second time interval reported by the second device is The positioning measurement information is the fourth moment, the fifth moment, and the sixth moment, and the first positioning measurement information reported by the third device is the seventh moment, the eighth moment, and the ninth moment; and so on.
  • determining the position of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information and the second positioning measurement information includes the following two specific implementation manners of step S451 or step S452.
  • step S451 When the positioning calculation is performed by the terminal device, step S451 is performed; when the positioning calculation is performed by the LMF, step S452 is performed.
  • the terminal device determines a position of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information, the position information of the first device, the second positioning measurement information, and the position information of the second device.
  • the terminal device determines that the positioning reference signal sent by the terminal device reaches the first device and the second device according to the first positioning measurement information, the position information of the first device, the position information of the second device, and the second positioning measurement information.
  • the arrival time difference T ⁇ of the device; the terminal device determines the location of the terminal device according to the arrival time difference T ⁇ .
  • the arrival time difference T ⁇ satisfies: or, Wherein, TOF is the flight time of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the second device.
  • the terminal device determines the position of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information, the position information of the first device, the second positioning measurement information, and the position information of the second device, including: the terminal device determines the position of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information, the first The location information of the device, the second positioning measurement information, the location information of the second device, the third positioning measurement information, and the location information of the third device determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the first positioning measurement information, the position information of the first device, the position information of the third device, and the third positioning measurement information, that the positioning reference signal sent by the terminal device reaches the first device and the third device.
  • the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′ satisfies: or, Wherein, TOF' is the time-of-flight of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the third device.
  • intersection point of the two hyperbolas can be determined through the arrival time difference T ⁇ and the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′, which is the location information of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device can also obtain the time difference T ⁇ ′′ between the second device and the third device according to the second positioning measurement information and the third positioning measurement information.
  • the three time differences T ⁇ , T ⁇ ′ and T ⁇ ′′ Any two time differences in can be used for positioning. For the sake of brevity, no more details are given here.
  • the terminal device may use (the first positioning measurement information, the location information of the first device), (the second positioning measurement information, the location information of the second device) and (the third positioning measurement information, the location information of the third device) position information), these three sets of measurement information perform triangular positioning to accurately determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the LMF determines the location of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information and the second positioning measurement information.
  • the LMF may directly obtain the location information of the first device and the second device, therefore, in this implementation manner, the first device and the second device may not report the location information.
  • the location management function network element determines the arrival time difference T ⁇ between the terminal device sending the location reference signal to the first device and the second device according to the first location measurement information and the second location measurement information; the location management function network element The position of the terminal is determined from the time difference T ⁇ of arrival.
  • the arrival time difference T ⁇ satisfies: or, Wherein, TOF is the flight time of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the second device.
  • the LMF determining the position of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information and the second positioning measurement information includes: the LMF determining the position of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information, the second positioning measurement information and the third positioning measurement information.
  • the LMF can determine the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′ of the positioning reference signal sent by the terminal device to the first device and the third device; and the LMF can determine the arrival time difference T ⁇ ' and The time difference of arrival T ⁇ ' accurately determines the position of the terminal device.
  • the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′ satisfies: or, Wherein, TOF' is the time-of-flight of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the third device.
  • intersection point of the two hyperbolas can be determined through the arrival time difference T ⁇ and the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′, which is the location information of the terminal device.
  • the LMF can also obtain the time difference T ⁇ ′′ between the second device and the third device according to the second positioning measurement information and the third positioning measurement information.
  • T ⁇ , T ⁇ ′ and T ⁇ ′′ Any two time differences of can be used for positioning. For the sake of brevity, no more details are given here.
  • the LMF can perform triangulation according to the first positioning measurement information, the second positioning measurement information, and the third positioning measurement information, and accurately determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the first device broadcasts the SL positioning reference signal PRS twice, receives the PRS once, the terminal device broadcasts the SL PRS once, and the second device receives the PRS three times.
  • the first device and the terminal device broadcast the PRS, and the first device and the second device record and report the sending and/or receiving time information of the positioning reference signal, which integrates the ideas of the round-trip time RTT and the time difference of arrival TDOA, so that the terminal device can obtain
  • the time difference between the arrival of the signal of the first device and the second device is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • This implementation manner can simplify the overhead and complexity of the terminal device while realizing the positioning of the terminal device.
  • this application is also applicable to the terminal device broadcasting the SL positioning reference signal PRS twice, the first device broadcasting the SL PRS once, receiving the PRS twice, and the second device receiving the PRS three times.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • the terminal device broadcasts the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal to the first device and the second device.
  • the first device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal sent from the terminal device
  • the second device receives the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal sent from the terminal device.
  • the first device sends the second positioning reference signal to the second device; correspondingly, the second device receives the second positioning reference signal sent from the first device.
  • the receiving time when the first device receives the first positioning reference signal is the first time
  • the receiving time when the first device receives the third positioning reference signal is the third time
  • the sending time when the first device sends the second positioning reference signal is the second time.
  • Second time the second time is before the third time
  • the second time is after the first time.
  • the receiving moment when the second device receives the first positioning reference signal is the fourth moment
  • the receiving moment when the second device receives the third positioning reference signal is the sixth moment
  • the receiving moment when the second device receives the second positioning reference signal is the sixth moment. Five moments, the fifth moment is before the sixth moment, and the fifth moment is after the fourth moment.
  • the second positioning reference signal is sent periodically, and the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal may not be sent periodically, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the sending time of the second positioning reference signal is between sending the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal.
  • the first device may send first positioning measurement information to the terminal device or the LMF, where the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate a first time interval and a second time interval, and the first time interval is between the first moment and the second moment
  • the second time interval is a time interval between the second moment and the third moment
  • the first positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the second device may send the second positioning measurement information to the terminal device or the LMF, the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is between the fourth moment and the fifth moment The fifth time interval is the time interval between the fifth moment and the sixth moment, and the second positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the specific implementation manner is similar to step S441 and step S442 in the above method 400, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the terminal device or the LMF may locate the terminal device according to the positioning measurement information reported by the first device and the second device.
  • the specific implementation manner is similar to step S451 and step S452 in the above method 400, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • first moment to the sixth moment, and the first time interval to the sixth time interval in this implementation are the same as the first time to the sixth moment, and the first time interval to the sixth time interval involved in the method 400 Although the names of the six time intervals are the same, their specific physical meanings are different.
  • a third device may also be included, and a specific implementation manner of the third device is similar to that of the second device. For the sake of brevity, no more details are given here.
  • the terminal device is located on the hyperbola with the first device and the second device as the focus and the distance difference between the two focal points is T ⁇ through the arrival time difference T ⁇
  • the arrival time difference T ⁇ ′ can also be It is determined that the terminal device is located on a hyperbola with the first device and the third device as the focal point and the distance difference between the two focal points is T ⁇ ′, and the intersection of the two hyperbolas is the exact position of the terminal device. That is, the terminal device or the LMF may perform triangulation according to the first positioning measurement information, the second positioning measurement information, and the third positioning measurement information to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device or LMF may also obtain the time difference T ⁇ ′′ between the second device and the third device according to the second positioning measurement information and the third positioning measurement information.
  • T ⁇ , T ⁇ ′ and T ⁇ ′′ Any two time differences can be used for positioning. For the sake of brevity, no more details are given here.
  • the first device broadcasts the SL positioning reference signal PRS once, receives the PRS twice, the terminal device broadcasts the SL PRS twice, and the second device receives the PRS three times.
  • the first device and the terminal device broadcast the PRS, and the first device and the second device record and report the sending and/or receiving time information of the positioning reference signal, which integrates the ideas of the round-trip time RTT and the time difference of arrival TDOA, so that the terminal device can obtain
  • the time difference between the arrival of the signal of the first device and the second device is used to determine the position of the terminal device.
  • This implementation manner can simplify the overhead and complexity of the terminal device while realizing the positioning of the terminal device.
  • anchor device for example, anchor device #1, anchor device #2
  • terminal device for example, UE
  • location management function network element for example, LMF
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an example of a positioning method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • anchor device #1 sends SL PRS twice
  • UE sends SL PRS once
  • anchor device #2 receives PRS three times.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • the anchor device #1 (serving Anchor) (that is, an example of the first device) sends a positioning reference signal #1 (that is, the first An example of a positioning reference signal), and record the sending timestamp t ser,0 (that is, an example of the first moment t 10 );
  • the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #1 from the anchor device #1, and records the receiving time stamp t non,0 (that is, an example of the fourth time t20 ).
  • the positioning reference signal #1 may be sent in a broadcast manner. That is, the anchor device #1 can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and the anchor device #2 belongs to the geographical area. For example, the anchor device #1 broadcasts the SL PRS signal; correspondingly, the anchor device #2 receives the SL PRS signal.
  • serving Anchor and non_serving Anchor to represent anchor device #1 and anchor device #2 respectively is only an exemplary description, mainly to reflect the difference in the operation of the two anchor devices, and this application does not limit other reference methods.
  • the UE that is, an example of a terminal device
  • a positioning reference signal #2 that is, an example of a second positioning reference signal
  • the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 respectively receive the positioning reference signal #2 from the UE, and respectively record the receiving time stamp t ser,1 (that is, an example of the second time t 11 ) and t non, 1 (that is, an example of the fifth time t21 ).
  • the positioning reference signal #2 may be sent in a broadcast manner.
  • the UE broadcasts the SL PRS signal; correspondingly, the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 respectively receive the SL PRS signal.
  • the anchor device #1 sends the positioning reference signal #3 (that is, an example of the third positioning reference signal) to the anchor device #2, and records the sending time stamp t ser,2 (that is, an example of the third time t12 );
  • the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #3 from the anchor device #1, and records the receiving time stamp t non,2 (ie, an example of the sixth time t22 ).
  • the positioning reference signal #1 may be sent in a broadcast manner.
  • the anchor device #1 broadcasts the SL PRS signal; correspondingly, the anchor device #2 receives the SL PRS signal.
  • positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3 may be transmitted on a specific time-frequency resource at a specific period according to a protocol.
  • positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3 are T
  • the first transmission time stamps of positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3 are t1 and t3 respectively
  • positioning reference signal #1 and The time stamps of the second transmission of positioning reference signal #3 may be t1+T and t3+T. And so on, broadcast periodically until the process of positioning measurement is completed.
  • the positioning reference signal #2 may not be sent periodically, and the sending time of the positioning reference signal #2 is sent between the adjacent positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the base station may instruct the UE to send the positioning reference signal between the 1ns and the 3ns Signal #2, for example, at 2.5 ns; or, the UE may autonomously determine the time to send the positioning reference signal #2 without being controlled by the base station, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the anchor devices may report positioning measurement information to the LMF for determining the position of the UE.
  • the LMF knows the location information of the anchor device.
  • the anchor point device #1 and the anchor point device #2 may be fixed-position devices, such as roadside units (RSUs).
  • RSUs roadside units
  • the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 may also be devices whose positions change, and their coordinate information may be obtained through system measurement or device active reporting, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the anchor point device #1 sends positioning measurement information #1 (that is, an example of the first positioning measurement information) to the LMF (that is, an example of a network element with a location management function);
  • the LMF receives positioning measurement information #1 from the anchor device #1.
  • the positioning measurement information #1 may include the first time t ser,0 , the second time t ser,1 and the third time t ser,2 ; or, the positioning measurement information #1 may also include the first time interval T 1 and A second time interval T 2 .
  • the first time interval is the time interval between anchor device #1 sending positioning reference signal #1 and receiving positioning reference signal #2
  • the second time interval is the time interval between anchor device #1 receiving positioning reference signal #2 and sending positioning reference signal #2. Time interval of reference signal #3.
  • the first time interval T1 and the second time interval T2 respectively satisfy:
  • T 1 t ser,1 -t ser,0 (10a)
  • the first time interval T1 and the second time interval T2 can also respectively satisfy:
  • positioning measurement information #1 may also include a third time interval T 3 .
  • the third time interval is the time interval during which the anchor device #1 sends the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3 respectively.
  • the positioning measurement information #1 may include at least two of the first time interval, the second time interval, and the third time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the anchor device #2 sends positioning measurement information #2 (that is, an example of the second positioning measurement information) to the LMF;
  • the LMF receives positioning measurement information #2 from the anchor device #2.
  • the positioning measurement information #2 may include the fourth time t non,0 , the fifth time t non,1 and the sixth time t non,2 ; or, the positioning measurement information #2 may also include the fourth time interval T 4 and Fifth time interval T 5 .
  • the fourth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #2 respectively
  • the fifth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #2 and the positioning reference signal #2 respectively. Time interval of reference signal #3.
  • the fourth time interval T4 and the fifth time interval T5 respectively satisfy:
  • the fourth time interval T4 and the fifth time interval T5 can respectively satisfy:
  • positioning measurement information #2 may also include a sixth time interval T 6 .
  • the sixth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #2 may include at least two of the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval and the sixth time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the LMF determines the location of the UE according to the positioning measurement information #1 and the positioning measurement information #2.
  • the transmission time difference between the UE and the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 can be calculated as:
  • TOF represents the transmission time of the positioning reference signal between the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2.
  • the TOF is a known quantity.
  • the UE is located on a hyperbola with the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 as the focus, and the difference between the distances from the two focuses is T ⁇ .
  • the anchor device may also report positioning measurement information to the UE for determining the location of the UE. Different from the above implementation manner, the UE does not know the location information of the anchor device, so the UE needs to obtain the location information of the anchor device.
  • the location information of the anchor device may be received by the UE from the anchor device or the LMF, or may also be obtained through measurement by other known anchor devices, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the anchor device #1 sends positioning measurement information #3 (that is, an example of the first positioning measurement information) and the location information of the anchor device #1 (that is, an example of the location information of the first device) to the UE;
  • the UE receives the positioning measurement information #3 from the anchor device #1 and the location information of the anchor device #1.
  • the positioning measurement information #3 may include the first time t ser,0 , the second time t ser,1 and the third time t ser,2 ; or, the positioning measurement information #3 may also include the first time interval T 1 and A second time interval T 2 .
  • the first time interval is the time interval between anchor device #1 sending positioning reference signal #1 and receiving positioning reference signal #2
  • the second time interval is the time interval between anchor device #1 receiving positioning reference signal #2 and sending positioning reference signal #2. Time interval of reference signal #3.
  • the first time interval T1 and the second time interval T2 respectively satisfy:
  • T 1 t ser,1 -t ser,0 (10a)
  • the first time interval T1 and the second time interval T2 can also respectively satisfy:
  • positioning measurement information #1 may also include a third time interval T 3 .
  • the third time interval is the time interval during which the anchor device #1 sends the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3 respectively.
  • the positioning measurement information #1 may include at least two of the first time interval, the second time interval, and the third time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the location information of the anchor device #1 may be the location coordinate information of the anchor device #1, that is, the physical address of the anchor device #1.
  • the anchor device #2 sends the positioning measurement information #4 (that is, an example of the second positioning measurement information) and the location information of the anchor device #2 (that is, an example of the location information of the second device) to the UE;
  • the UE receives positioning measurement information #4 from the anchor device #2.
  • the positioning measurement information #4 may include the fourth time t non,0 , the fifth time t non,1 and the sixth time t non,2 ; or, the positioning measurement information #4 may also include the fourth time interval T 4 and Fifth time interval T 5 .
  • the fourth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #2 respectively
  • the fifth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #2 and the positioning reference signal #2 respectively. Time interval of reference signal #3.
  • the fourth time interval T4 and the fifth time interval T5 respectively satisfy:
  • the fourth time interval T4 and the fifth time interval T5 can also respectively satisfy:
  • positioning measurement information #2 may also include a sixth time interval T 6 .
  • the sixth time interval is the time interval during which the anchor device #2 respectively receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #2 may include at least two of the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval and the sixth time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the location information of the anchor device #2 may be the location coordinate information of the anchor device #2, that is, the physical address of the anchor device #2.
  • the UE determines the position of the UE according to the positioning measurement information #3, the position information of the anchor device #1, the position information of the anchor device #2 and the positioning measurement information #4.
  • the transmission time difference T ⁇ between the UE and the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 can be calculated as:
  • TOF represents the transmission time of the positioning reference signal between the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2.
  • the TOF is a known quantity.
  • the UE is located on a hyperbola with the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 as the focus, and the difference between the distances from the two focuses is T ⁇ .
  • the number of non_serving Anchors may be greater than or equal to 2. That is, the non_serving Anchor at least includes an anchor device #3 (that is, an example of a third device), and the operation of the anchor device #3 is consistent with that of the anchor device #2.
  • the method 600 shown in FIG. 6 refers to the method 600 shown in FIG. 6 .
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of an example of a positioning method 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the anchor device #1 sends the SL PRS twice
  • the UE sends the SL PRS once
  • both the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3 receive the PRS three times.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • anchor device #3 mainly describes the implementation of anchor device #3, involving between anchor device #1 and anchor device #2, between anchor device #1 and UE, and between anchor device #2 and UE
  • the interaction and other implementation manners are similar to the above-mentioned method 500, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the anchor device #1 sends the positioning reference signal #1 to the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3.
  • the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3 receive the positioning reference signal #1 from the anchor device #1.
  • the time stamp at which the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 is the seventh time t 30 .
  • the UE sends the positioning reference signal #2 to the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3;
  • the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3 receive the positioning reference signal #2 from the UE.
  • the time stamp at which the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 is the eighth time t 31 .
  • the anchor device #1 sends the positioning reference signal #3 to the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3;
  • anchor device #2 and anchor device #3 receive positioning reference signal #3 from anchor device #1.
  • the time stamp at which the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #3 is the ninth time t 32 .
  • positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3 may be transmitted on a specific time-frequency resource at a specific period according to a protocol.
  • positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3 are T
  • the first transmission time stamps of positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3 are t1 and t3 respectively
  • positioning reference signal #1 and The time stamps of the second transmission of positioning reference signal #3 may be t1+T and t3+T. And so on, broadcast periodically until the process of positioning measurement is completed.
  • the positioning reference signal #2 may not be sent periodically, and the sending time of the positioning reference signal #2 is sent between the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the base station may instruct the UE to send the positioning reference signal between the 1s and 3s Signal #2, for example, at 2.5s; or, the UE may autonomously determine the time to send the positioning reference signal #2 without being controlled by the base station, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • steps S641 and S642 are exactly the same as that of steps S541 and S542 in method 500, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the anchor device #3 sends the positioning measurement information #5 to the LMF;
  • the LMF receives positioning measurement information #5 from the anchor device #1.
  • the positioning measurement information #5 is used to determine the position of the UE.
  • the LMF knows the location information of the anchor device.
  • the anchor point device #1 and the anchor point device #2 may be fixed-position devices, for example, a roadside unit RSU.
  • the anchor device #3 may also be a device whose location changes, and its coordinate information may be obtained through system measurement or device active reporting, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the positioning measurement information #5 may include the seventh time t 30 , the eighth time t 31 and the ninth time t 32 ; or, the positioning measurement information #5 may also include the second time interval T 7 and the eighth time interval T8 .
  • the seventh time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #2
  • the eighth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #2 and the positioning reference signal #2 Time interval for #3.
  • the seventh time interval T7 and the eighth time interval T8 respectively satisfy:
  • the seventh time interval T7 and the eighth time interval T8 may also respectively satisfy:
  • the positioning measurement information #5 may also include a ninth time interval T 9 .
  • the ninth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #5 may include at least two of the seventh time interval, the eighth time interval and the ninth time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the LMF determines the location of the UE according to the positioning measurement information #1, the positioning measurement information #2 and the positioning measurement information #5.
  • the LMF calculates the transmission time difference between the UE and the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 as:
  • LMF calculates the transmission time difference between UE and anchor device #1 and anchor device #3 as:
  • TOF represents the transmission time of the positioning reference signal between the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2
  • TOF' is the flight time of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the third device.
  • TOF and TOF' are known quantities.
  • the UE is located on a hyperbola with the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 as the focus, and the difference between the distances from the two focuses is T ⁇ .
  • the UE is also located on a hyperbola with the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #3 as the focus, and the difference between the distances from the two focuses is T ⁇ '.
  • the location of the UE can be determined through the intersection of the two sets of hyperbolas.
  • accurate positioning of the UE can be achieved through signal transmission and reception between at least three anchor devices, and signal transmission and reception between the anchor device and the UE for triangular positioning.
  • steps S651 and S652 are exactly the same as that of steps S551 and S552 in method 500, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the anchor device #3 sends the positioning measurement information #6 and the location information of the anchor device #3 to the UE;
  • the UE receives the positioning measurement information #6 from the anchor device #3 and the location information of the anchor device #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #5 may include the seventh time t 30 , the eighth time t 31 and the ninth time t 32 ; or, the positioning measurement information #5 may also include the second time interval T 7 and the eighth time interval T8 .
  • the seventh time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #2
  • the eighth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #2 and the positioning reference signal #2 Time interval for #3.
  • the seventh time interval T7 and the eighth time interval T8 respectively satisfy:
  • the seventh time interval T7 and the eighth time interval T8 may also respectively satisfy:
  • positioning measurement information #6 may also include a ninth time interval TT 9 .
  • the ninth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #6 may include at least two of the seventh time interval, the eighth time interval, and the ninth time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the location information of the anchor device #3 may be the location coordinate information of the anchor device #3, that is, the physical address of the anchor device #3.
  • the UE determines the location of the UE according to the positioning measurement information #3, the positioning measurement information #4 and the positioning measurement information #6.
  • the UE calculates the transmission time difference between the UE and the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 as:
  • UE calculates the transmission time difference between UE and anchor device #1 and anchor device #3 as:
  • TOF represents the transmission time of the positioning reference signal between the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2
  • TOF' is the flight time of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the third device.
  • TOF ser_non and TOF' are known quantities.
  • the UE is located on the hyperbola with anchor device #1 and anchor device #2 as the focus, and the distance difference between the two focuses is T ⁇ , and it can be considered that the UE is also located on the anchor device #2.
  • #1 and anchor point device #3 are the focal points, and the difference between the distances from the two focal points is always on the hyperbola T ⁇ '.
  • the location of the UE can be determined through the intersection of the two sets of hyperbolas.
  • the time difference T ⁇ ′′ between the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3 can also be obtained according to the positioning measurement information #2 and the positioning measurement information #3.
  • accurate positioning of the UE can be achieved through signal transmission and reception between at least three anchor devices, and signal transmission and reception between the anchor device and the UE for triangular positioning.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an example of a time-of-flight calculation principle of a positioning reference signal applied to the present application.
  • two positioning reference signal PRS positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3
  • PRS positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3
  • a positioning reference signal is sent and received once with the anchor device #2.
  • the time-of-flight of positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3 between anchor device #1 and anchor device #2 is TOF, that is, anchor device #1 sends positioning reference signal #1 (or positioning reference The interval between the time of signal #3) and the time when anchor device #2 receives positioning reference signal #1 (or positioning reference signal #3) is TOF.
  • the time interval between the anchor device #1 sending the positioning reference signal #1 and receiving the positioning reference signal #2 is T 1
  • the time interval between receiving the positioning reference signal #2 and sending the positioning reference signal #3 is T 2
  • the time interval for anchor device #2 to receive positioning reference signal #2 and positioning reference signal #3 is T 5
  • the time interval for receiving positioning reference signal #1 and receiving positioning reference signal #2 is T 4 .
  • T 1 ⁇ T 5 (TOF+T 4 -T ⁇ ) ⁇ (T 2 +TOF-T ⁇ ) (16)
  • T 1 ⁇ T 5 (TOF-T ⁇ ) ⁇ (T 2 +TOF-T ⁇ )+T 4 ⁇ (T 2 +TOF-T ⁇ ) (17)
  • T 1 ⁇ T 5 ⁇ T 2 ⁇ T 4 (TOF-T ⁇ ) ⁇ (T 2 +TOF-T ⁇ )+T 4 ⁇ (TOF-T ⁇ ) (18)
  • T 1 ⁇ T 5 ⁇ T 2 ⁇ T 4 (TOF-T ⁇ ) ⁇ (T 2 +TOF-T ⁇ +T 4 ) (19)
  • e ser and e non are clock crystal oscillator errors of anchor device #1 and anchor device #2 respectively.
  • T ⁇ and TOF are on the order of nanoseconds
  • e ser is on the order of 10 -6 , so Error ⁇ can be ignored.
  • the positioning reference signal is broadcast between anchor devices and between the anchor device and the UE, so that the number of signal interactions is reduced to 3 times, and the overall signaling overhead and computational complexity are reduced. Moreover, the positioning scheme does not require clock synchronization, and clock drift has almost no impact on the positioning accuracy, that is, the positioning and ranging accuracy can be guaranteed.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another example of a positioning method 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the difference from the method 500 is that the UE sends the positioning reference signal twice, and the anchor device #1 only sends the positioning reference signal once. That is, the complexity of the anchor device #1 is reduced, while the complexity of the UE side is increased.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • UE sends positioning reference signal #1 (that is, an example of the first positioning reference signal) to anchor device #1 (that is, an example of the first device) and anchor device #2 (that is, an example of the second device) respectively );
  • the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 respectively receive the positioning reference signal #1 from the UE, and respectively record the receiving time stamp t ser,0 (that is, an example of the first moment t 10 ) and t non, 0 (that is, an example of the fourth time t20 ).
  • the positioning reference signal #1 may be sent in a broadcast manner.
  • the UE broadcasts the SL PRS signal; correspondingly, the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 respectively receive the SL PRS signal.
  • the anchor device #1 sends the positioning reference signal #2 (that is, an example of the second positioning reference signal) to the anchor device #2, and records the sending time stamp t ser,1 (that is, an example of the second time t11 );
  • the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #2 from the anchor device #1, and records the receiving time stamp t non,1 (ie, an example of the fifth time t21 ).
  • the positioning reference signal #2 may be sent in a broadcast manner. That is, the anchor device #1 can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and the anchor device #2 belongs to the geographical area. For example, the anchor device #1 broadcasts the SL PRS signal; correspondingly, the anchor device #2 receives the SL PRS signal.
  • the UE that is, an example of a terminal device
  • a positioning reference signal #3 that is, an example of a third positioning reference signal
  • the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 respectively receive the positioning reference signal #3 from the UE, and respectively record the receiving time stamp t ser,2 (that is, an example of the third moment t 12 ) and t non, 2 (that is, an example of the sixth time t 22 ).
  • the positioning reference signal #3 may be sent in a broadcast manner.
  • the UE broadcasts the SL PRS signal; correspondingly, the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 respectively receive the SL PRS signal.
  • positioning reference signal #1, positioning reference signal #2 and positioning reference signal #3 may be transmitted on a specific time-frequency resource at a specific period according to a protocol.
  • positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3 are T
  • the first transmission time stamps of positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3 are t1 and t3 respectively
  • positioning reference signal #1 and The time stamps of the second transmission of positioning reference signal #3 may be t1+T and t3+T. And so on, broadcast periodically until the process of positioning measurement is completed.
  • the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3 may not be sent periodically, the positioning reference signal #2 may be sent periodically, and the sending time of the positioning reference signal #2 is in the adjacent positioning Sent between reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3.
  • anchor device #1 sends positioning reference signal #2 at the 2nd ns; then, the base station may instruct UE to send positioning reference signal #1 before 2 ns, for example, at 1.5 ns, and instruct UE to send positioning reference signal #1 at 2 ns before After 2ns, the positioning reference signal #3 is sent, for example, at 2.6ns.
  • UE1 may be independent of the control of the base station, and independently determine the time to send the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #2, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the anchor devices may report positioning measurement information to the LMF for determining the position of the UE.
  • the LMF knows the location information of the anchor device.
  • the coordinate information of the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 may be fixed, for example, the roadside unit RSU.
  • the coordinate information of anchor device #1 and anchor device #2 may also be mobile, and may be obtained through system measurement or device active reporting, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the anchor device #1 sends positioning measurement information #1 (that is, an example of the first positioning measurement information) to the LMF (that is, an example of a network element with a location management function);
  • the LMF receives positioning measurement information #1 from the anchor device #1.
  • the positioning measurement information #1 may include the first time t ser,0 , the second time t ser,1 and the third time t ser,2 ; or, the positioning measurement information #1 may also include the first time interval T 1 and A second time interval T 2 .
  • the first time interval is the time interval between anchor device #1 receiving positioning reference signal #1 and sending positioning reference signal #2
  • the second time interval is the time interval between anchor device #1 sending positioning reference signal #2 and receiving positioning reference signal #2. Time interval of reference signal #3.
  • the first time interval T1 and the second time interval T2 respectively satisfy:
  • T 1 t ser,1 -t ser,0 (10a)
  • the first time interval T1 and the second time interval T2 can also respectively satisfy:
  • positioning measurement information #1 may also include a third time interval T 3 .
  • the third time interval is a time interval according to which the anchor device #1 respectively receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #1 may include at least two of the first time interval, the second time interval, and the third time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the anchor device #2 sends the positioning measurement information #2 to the LMF;
  • the LMF receives positioning measurement information #2 from the anchor device #2.
  • the positioning measurement information #2 may include the fourth time t non,0 , the fifth time t non,1 and the sixth time t non,2 ; or, the positioning measurement information #2 may also include the fourth time interval T 4 and Fifth time interval T 5 .
  • the fourth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #2
  • the fifth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #2 and the positioning reference signal #2 Time interval for #3.
  • the fourth time interval T4 and the fifth time interval T5 respectively satisfy:
  • the fourth time interval T4 and the fifth time interval T5 can also respectively satisfy:
  • positioning measurement information #2 may also include a sixth time interval T 6 .
  • the sixth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #2 may include at least two of the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval and the sixth time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the LMF determines the location of the UE according to the positioning measurement information #1 and the positioning measurement information #2.
  • the transmission time difference between the UE and the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 can be calculated as:
  • TOF represents the transmission time of the positioning reference signal between the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2.
  • the TOF is a known quantity.
  • the UE is located on a hyperbola with the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 as the focus, and the difference between the distances from the two focuses is T ⁇ .
  • the anchor device may also report positioning measurement information to the UE for determining the location of the UE.
  • the UE does not know the location information of the anchor device, so the UE needs to acquire the location information of the anchor device.
  • the location information of the anchor device may be received by the UE from the anchor device or the LMF, or may also be obtained through measurement by other known anchor devices, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the anchor device #1 sends positioning measurement information #3 (that is, an example of the first positioning measurement information) and the location information of the anchor device #1 (that is, an example of the location information of the first device) to the UE;
  • the UE receives the positioning measurement information #3 from the anchor device #1 and the location information of the anchor device #1.
  • the positioning measurement information #3 may include the first time t ser,0 , the second time t ser,1 and the third time t ser,2 ; or, the positioning measurement information #3 may also include the first time interval T 1 and A second time interval T 2 .
  • the first time interval is the time interval between anchor device #1 receiving positioning reference signal #1 and sending positioning reference signal #2
  • the second time interval is the time interval between anchor device #1 sending positioning reference signal #2 and receiving positioning reference signal #2. Time interval of reference signal #3.
  • the first time interval T1 and the second time interval T2 respectively satisfy:
  • T 1 t ser,1 -t ser,0 (10a)
  • the first time interval T1 and the second time interval T2 can also respectively satisfy:
  • positioning measurement information #1 may also include a third time interval T 3 .
  • the third time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #1 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #1 may include at least two of the first time interval, the second time interval, and the third time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the location information of the anchor device #1 may be the location coordinate information of the anchor device #1, that is, the physical address of the anchor device #1.
  • the anchor device #2 sends the positioning measurement information #4 (that is, an example of the second positioning measurement information) and the location information of the anchor device #2 (that is, an example of the location information of the second device) to the UE;
  • the UE receives positioning measurement information #4 from the anchor device #2.
  • the positioning measurement information #4 may include the fourth time t non,0 , the fifth time t non,1 and the sixth time t non,2 ; or, the positioning measurement information #4 may also include the fourth time interval T 4 and Fifth time interval T 5 .
  • the fourth time interval is the time interval during which anchor device #2 receives positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #2, and the fifth time interval anchor point device #2 receives positioning reference signal #2 and positioning reference signal # 3 time intervals.
  • the fourth time interval T4 and the fifth time interval T5 respectively satisfy:
  • the fourth time interval T4 and the fifth time interval T5 can also respectively satisfy:
  • positioning measurement information #2 may also include a sixth time interval T 6 .
  • the sixth time interval is determined according to the moment when the anchor device #2 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #2 may include at least two of the fourth time interval, the fifth time interval and the sixth time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the location information of the anchor device #2 may be the location coordinate information of the anchor device #2, that is, the physical address of the anchor device #2.
  • the UE determines the position of the UE according to the positioning measurement information #3, the position information of the anchor device #1, the position information of the anchor device #2 and the positioning measurement information #4.
  • the transmission time difference T ⁇ between the UE and the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 can be calculated as:
  • TOF represents the transmission time of the positioning reference signal between the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2.
  • the TOF is a known quantity.
  • the UE is located on a hyperbola with the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 as the focus, and the difference between the distances from the two focuses is T ⁇ .
  • the number of non_serving Anchors may be greater than or equal to 2. That is, the non_serving Anchor at least includes an anchor device #3 (that is, an example of a third device), and the operation of the anchor device #3 is consistent with that of the anchor device #2.
  • the method 900 shown in FIG. 9 refer to the method 900 shown in FIG. 9 .
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an example of a positioning method 900 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the anchor device #1 sends the SL PRS once
  • the UE sends the SL PRS twice
  • both the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3 receive the PRS three times.
  • the specific implementation steps include:
  • anchor device #3 mainly describes the implementation of anchor device #3, involving between anchor device #1 and anchor device #2, between anchor device #1 and UE, and between anchor device #2 and UE
  • the interaction and other implementation manners are similar to the above-mentioned method 500, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the UE sends a positioning reference signal #1 to the anchor device #1, the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3.
  • the anchor device #1, the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3 receive the positioning reference signal #1 from the UE.
  • the time stamp at which the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 is the seventh time t 30 .
  • the anchor device #1 sends the positioning reference signal #2 to the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3;
  • the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3 receive the positioning reference signal #2 from the anchor device #1.
  • the time stamp at which the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 is the eighth time t 31 .
  • the UE sends the positioning reference signal #3 to the anchor device #1, the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3;
  • the anchor device #1, the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3 receive the positioning reference signal #3 from the UE.
  • the time stamp at which the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #3 is the ninth time t 32 .
  • steps S941 and S942 are exactly the same as that of steps S841 and S842 in method 800, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the anchor device #3 sends the positioning measurement information #5 to the LMF;
  • the LMF receives positioning measurement information #5 from the anchor device #1.
  • the positioning measurement information #5 is used to determine the position of the UE.
  • the LMF knows the location information of the anchor device.
  • the coordinate information of the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 may be fixed, for example, the roadside unit RSU.
  • the coordinate information of the anchor device #3 can also be mobile, and can be obtained through system measurement or device active reporting, which is not specifically limited in this application.
  • the positioning measurement information #5 may include the seventh time t 30 , the eighth time t 31 and the ninth time t 32 ; or, the positioning measurement information #5 may also include the second time interval T 7 and the eighth time interval T8 .
  • the seventh time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #2
  • the eighth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #2 and the positioning reference signal #2 Time interval for #3.
  • the seventh time interval T7 and the eighth time interval T8 respectively satisfy:
  • the seventh time interval T7 and the eighth time interval T8 may also respectively satisfy:
  • the positioning measurement information #5 may also include a ninth time interval T 9 .
  • the ninth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #5 may include at least two of the seventh time interval, the eighth time interval and the ninth time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the LMF determines the location of the UE according to the positioning measurement information #1, the positioning measurement information #2 and the positioning measurement information #5.
  • the LMF calculates the transmission time difference between the UE and the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 as:
  • LMF calculates the transmission time difference between UE and anchor device #1 and anchor device #3 as:
  • TOF represents the transmission time of the positioning reference signal between the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2
  • TOF' is the flight time of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the third device.
  • TOF and TOF' are known quantities.
  • the UE is located on a hyperbola with the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 as the focus, and the difference between the distances from the two focuses is T ⁇ .
  • the UE is also located on a hyperbola with the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #3 as the focus, and the difference between the distances from the two focuses is T ⁇ '.
  • the location of the UE can be determined through the intersection of the two sets of hyperbolas.
  • accurate positioning of the UE can be achieved through signal transmission and reception between at least three anchor devices, and signal transmission and reception between the anchor device and the UE for triangular positioning.
  • steps S951 and S952 are exactly the same as that of steps S851 and S852 in method 800, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the anchor device #3 sends the positioning measurement information #6 and the location information of the anchor device #3 to the UE;
  • the UE receives the positioning measurement information #6 from the anchor device #3 and the location information of the anchor device #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #5 may include the seventh time t 30 , the eighth time t 31 and the ninth time t 32 ; or, the positioning measurement information #5 may also include the second time interval T 7 and the eighth time interval T8 .
  • the seventh time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #2
  • the eighth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #2 and the positioning reference signal #2 Time interval for #3.
  • the seventh time interval T7 and the eighth time interval T8 respectively satisfy:
  • the seventh time interval T7 and the eighth time interval T8 may also respectively satisfy:
  • positioning measurement information #6 may also include a ninth time interval T 9 .
  • the ninth time interval is the time interval when the anchor device #3 receives the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #3.
  • the positioning measurement information #6 may include at least two of the seventh time interval, the eighth time interval, and the ninth time interval. This application does not specifically limit it.
  • the location information of the anchor device #3 may be the location coordinate information of the anchor device #3, that is, the physical address of the anchor device #3.
  • the UE determines the location of the UE according to the positioning measurement information #3, the positioning measurement information #4 and the positioning measurement information #6.
  • the UE calculates the transmission time difference between the UE and the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 as:
  • UE calculates the transmission time difference between UE and anchor device #1 and anchor device #3 as:
  • TOF represents the transmission time of the positioning reference signal between the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2
  • TOF' is the flight time of the positioning reference signal between the first device and the third device.
  • TOF and TOF' are known quantities.
  • the UE is located on the hyperbola with anchor device #1 and anchor device #2 as the focus, and the distance difference between the two focuses is T ⁇ , and it can be considered that the UE is also located on the anchor device #2.
  • #1 and anchor point device #3 are the focal points, and the difference between the distances from the two focal points is always on the hyperbola T ⁇ '.
  • the location of the UE can be determined through the intersection of the two sets of hyperbolas.
  • the time difference T ⁇ ′′ between the anchor device #2 and the anchor device #3 can also be obtained according to the positioning measurement information #2 and the positioning measurement information #3.
  • accurate positioning of the UE can be achieved through signal transmission and reception between at least three anchor devices, and signal transmission and reception between the anchor device and the UE.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another example of the calculation principle of the time-of-flight of the positioning reference signal applied in the present application.
  • the anchor device #1 and the anchor device #2 transmit and receive a positioning reference signal PRS (that is, the positioning reference signal #2), and the UE communicates with the anchor device #1 and the anchor device # respectively.
  • Two positioning reference signals that is, positioning reference signal #1 and positioning reference signal #3 are sent and received twice.
  • the time interval between the anchor device #1 receiving the positioning reference signal #1 and sending the positioning reference signal #2 is T 1
  • the time interval between sending the positioning reference signal #2 and receiving the positioning reference signal #3 is T 2
  • the time interval between the anchor device #2 receiving the positioning reference signal #1 and the positioning reference signal #2 is T 4
  • the time interval between receiving the positioning reference signal #2 and the positioning reference signal #3 is T 5 .
  • T 4 ⁇ T 2 (TOF+T 1 -T ⁇ ) ⁇ (T 5 +TOF-T ⁇ ) (29)
  • T 4 ⁇ T 2 (TOF-T ⁇ ) ⁇ (T 5 +TOF-T ⁇ )+T 1 ⁇ (T 5 +TOF-T ⁇ ) (30)
  • T 4 ⁇ T 2 ⁇ T 1 ⁇ T 5 ⁇ (T 5 +TOF-T ⁇ )+T 1 ⁇ (TOF-T ⁇ ) (31)
  • T 4 ⁇ T 2 ⁇ T 1 ⁇ T 5 (TOF-T ⁇ ) ⁇ (T 5 +TOF-T ⁇ +T 1 ) (32)
  • e ser and e non are clock crystal oscillator errors of anchor device #1 and anchor device #2 respectively.
  • T ⁇ and TOF are on the order of nanoseconds
  • e ser is on the order of 10 -6 , so Error ⁇ can be ignored.
  • the positioning reference signal is broadcast between anchor devices and between the anchor device and the UE, so that the number of signal interactions is reduced to 3 times, and the overall signaling overhead and computational complexity are reduced. Moreover, the positioning scheme does not require clock synchronization, and clock drift has almost no impact on the positioning accuracy, that is, the positioning and ranging accuracy can be guaranteed.
  • the positioning method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 10 .
  • the positioning device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 . It should be understood that the description of the embodiment of the locating device corresponds to the description of the embodiment of the locating method. Therefore, for parts not described in detail, reference may be made to the foregoing method embodiments.
  • Fig. 11 is a schematic block diagram of a positioning device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 may include a processing unit 1100 and a transceiver unit 1200 .
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the first device (for example, anchor device #1) in the above method embodiment, or a component configured in the first device (such as a circuit, a chip or a chip system, etc.) .
  • the communication apparatus 1000 may correspond to the first device (for example, anchor device #1) in the method 400, method 500, method 600, method 800, and method 900 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the communication apparatus 1000 may It includes a unit for performing the method performed by the first device in the above methods. Moreover, each unit and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the communication device 1000 are respectively for realizing the corresponding procedures of the above-mentioned method.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is configured for the first device to send the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal to the second device, wherein the sending time of the first positioning reference signal is the first time, and the third positioning reference signal The sending time of is the third time, and the first time is before the third time;
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is further used for the first device to receive the second positioning reference signal from the terminal device, wherein the receiving time of the second positioning reference signal is the second time, the second time is before the third time, and the second time is at after the first moment;
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is further configured for the first device to send first positioning measurement information, where the first positioning measurement information is used to indicate a first time interval and a second time interval, and the first time interval is an interval between the first moment and the second moment A time interval, the second time interval is a time interval between the second moment and the third moment, and the first positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • first positioning measurement information is used to indicate a first time interval and a second time interval
  • the first time interval is an interval between the first moment and the second moment A time interval
  • the second time interval is a time interval between the second moment and the third moment
  • the first positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 can be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it can correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12
  • the processing unit 1100 in the device 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 can be implemented through an input/output interface, a circuit, etc., and the processing unit in the communication device 1000 1100 may be implemented by a processor, a microprocessor, or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip or the chip system.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the second device (for example, anchor device #2) in the above method embodiment, or a component configured in the first device (such as a circuit, a chip or a chip system, etc.) .
  • the communication apparatus 1000 may correspond to the second device (for example, anchor device #2) in the method 400, method 500, method 600, method 800, and method 900 according to the embodiments of the present application, and the communication apparatus 1000 may It includes a unit for performing the method performed by the second device in the above methods. Moreover, each unit and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the communication device 1000 are respectively for realizing the corresponding procedures of the above-mentioned method.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is used for the second device to receive the first positioning reference signal and the third positioning reference signal from the first device, and to receive the second positioning reference signal from the terminal device, wherein the first positioning reference signal
  • the receiving time of the second positioning reference signal is the fifth time
  • the receiving time of the third positioning reference signal is the sixth time
  • the fifth time is after the fourth time
  • the fifth time is after the sixth time. before the moment;
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is also used for the second device to send the second positioning measurement information, the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is an interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment A time interval, the fifth time interval is a time interval between the fifth moment and the sixth moment, and the second positioning measurement information is used to determine the location of the terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 can be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it can correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12
  • the communication The processing unit 1100 in the device 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented through an input/output interface, a circuit, etc.
  • the processing unit in the communication device 1000 1100 may be implemented by a processor, a microprocessor, or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip or the chip system.
  • the communication apparatus 1000 may correspond to the terminal device (for example, UE) in the above method embodiments, or a component (such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.) configured in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device for example, UE
  • a component such as a circuit, a chip, or a chip system, etc.
  • the communication apparatus 1000 may correspond to the terminal equipment (for example, UE) in the method 400, method 500, method 600, method 800, and method 900 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication apparatus 1000 may include a The element of the method performed by the terminal device in the method. Moreover, each unit and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the communication device 1000 are respectively for realizing the corresponding procedures of the above-mentioned method.
  • the transceiving unit 1200 is used for a terminal device to send a second positioning reference signal to multiple devices, and the multiple devices include a first device and a second device, where the receiving moment when the first device receives the second positioning reference signal is The second moment, the second moment is before the third moment, and the second moment is after the first moment, the first moment is the sending moment when the first device sends the first positioning reference signal, and the third moment is when the first device sends the third The sending time of the positioning reference signal, wherein the receiving time at which the second device receives the second positioning reference signal is the fifth time, the fifth time is before the sixth time, and the fifth time is after the fourth time, and the fourth time is the fifth time The receiving moment when the second device receives the first positioning reference signal, and the sixth moment is the receiving moment when the second device receives the third positioning reference signal.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is also used for the terminal device to receive the position information of the first device and the first positioning measurement information from the first device, and receive the position information of the second device and the second positioning measurement information from the second device, the first The positioning measurement information is used to indicate the first time interval and the second time interval, and the second positioning measurement information is used to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, wherein the first time interval is between the first moment and the second moment
  • the second time interval is the time interval between the second moment and the third moment
  • the fourth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment
  • the fifth time interval is the time interval between the fifth moment and the first moment the time interval between the six moments;
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured for the terminal device to determine the position of the terminal device according to the first positioning measurement information, the position information of the first device, the second positioning measurement information, and the position information of the second device.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 can be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it can correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12
  • the processing unit 1100 in 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 can be implemented through an input/output interface, a circuit, etc., and the processing unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 It can be realized by the integrated processor, microprocessor or integrated circuit on the chip or chip system.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the location management function network element (for example, LMF) in the above method embodiment, or a component configured in the location management function network element (such as a circuit, a chip or a chip system, etc.) .
  • the location management function network element for example, LMF
  • a component configured in the location management function network element such as a circuit, a chip or a chip system, etc.
  • the communication device 1000 may correspond to the location management function (for example, LMF) network element in the method 400, the method 500, the method 600, the method 800 and the method 900 according to the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may include a A unit for performing the method performed by the location management function network element in the above method. Moreover, each unit and the above-mentioned other operations and/or functions in the communication device 1000 are respectively for realizing the corresponding procedures of the above-mentioned method.
  • LMF location management function
  • the transceiver unit 1200 is configured to receive the first location measurement information from the first device and receive the second location measurement information from the second device, where the location management function network element is used to indicate the first Time interval and second time interval, the first time interval is the time interval between the first moment and the second moment, the second time interval is the time interval between the second moment and the third moment, the second positioning measurement information is used In order to indicate the fourth time interval and the fifth time interval, the fourth time interval is the time interval between the fourth moment and the fifth moment, and the fifth time interval is the time interval between the fifth moment and the sixth moment, wherein, The first moment is the sending moment when the first device sends the first positioning reference signal, the second moment is the receiving moment when the first device receives the second positioning reference signal, and the third moment is when the first device sends and sends the third positioning reference signal The fourth moment is the receiving moment when the second device receives the first positioning reference signal, the fifth moment is the receiving moment when the second device receives the second positioning reference signal, and the sixth moment is the receiving moment when the second
  • the processing unit 1100 is configured for a network element with a location management function to determine the location of the terminal device according to the first location measurement information and the second location measurement information.
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented by a transceiver, for example, it may correspond to the transceiver 2020 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12
  • the processing unit 1100 in the communication device 1000 may be implemented by at least one processor, for example, may correspond to the processor 2010 in the communication device 2000 shown in FIG. 12 .
  • the transceiver unit 1200 in the communication device 1000 can be implemented through an input/output interface, a circuit, etc., and the communication device 1000
  • the processing unit 1100 may be realized by a processor, a microprocessor, or an integrated circuit integrated on the chip or the chip system.
  • Fig. 12 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 2000 includes a processor 2010 , a transceiver 2020 and a memory 2030 .
  • the processor 2010, the transceiver 2020 and the memory 2030 communicate with each other through an internal connection path
  • the memory 2030 is used to store instructions
  • the processor 2010 is used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2030 to control the transceiver 2020 to send signals and /or to receive a signal.
  • the communication apparatus 2000 may correspond to the network device or terminal device in the above method embodiments, and may be used to execute various steps and/or processes performed by the network device or terminal device in the above method embodiments.
  • the memory 2030 may include read-only memory and random-access memory, and provide instructions and data to the processor. A portion of the memory may also include non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory 2030 may be an independent device, or may be integrated in the processor 2010 .
  • the processor 2010 may be used to execute the instructions stored in the memory 2030, and when the processor 2010 executes the instructions stored in the memory, the processor 2010 is used to execute each of the above-mentioned method embodiments corresponding to the network device or the terminal device. steps and/or processes.
  • the communication apparatus 2000 is the first device (for example, anchor device #1) in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication apparatus 2000 is the second device (for example, anchor device #2) in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communications apparatus 2000 is the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication device 2000 is the location management functional network element in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the transceiver 2020 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 2020 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the processor 2010, the memory 2030 and the transceiver 2020 may be devices integrated on different chips.
  • the processor 2010 and the memory 2030 may be integrated in a baseband chip, and the transceiver 2020 may be integrated in a radio frequency chip.
  • the processor 2010, the memory 2030 and the transceiver 2020 may also be devices integrated on the same chip. This application is not limited to this.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 2000 is a component configured in the first device (for example, anchor device #1), such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, and the like.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 2000 is a component configured in the second device (for example, anchor device #2), such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, and the like.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 2000 is a component configured in a terminal device, such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, and the like.
  • the wireless communication apparatus 2000 is a component configured in a location management function network element device, such as a circuit, a chip, a chip system, and the like.
  • the transceiver 2020 may also be a communication interface, such as an input/output interface, a circuit, and the like.
  • the transceiver 2020, the processor 2010 and the memory 2020 may be integrated into the same chip, such as a baseband chip.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), dedicated integrated Circuit (application specific integrated circuit, ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA off-the-shelf programmable gate array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • Volatile memory can be random access memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM
  • the method steps in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by means of hardware, or may be implemented by means of a processor executing software instructions.
  • Software instructions can be composed of corresponding software modules, and software modules can be stored in random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory, erasable programmable read-only memory, electrically erasable programmable read-only Memory, registers, hard disk, removable hard disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and storage medium can be located in the ASIC.
  • the ASIC can be located in a network device or a terminal device. Certainly, the processor and the storage medium may also exist in the network device or the terminal device as discrete components.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product comprises one or more computer programs or instructions. When the computer program or instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are executed in whole or in part.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, network equipment, user equipment, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program or instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer program or instructions may be downloaded from a website, computer, A server or data center transmits to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired or wireless means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrating one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium, such as a floppy disk, a hard disk, or a magnetic tape; it may also be an optical medium, such as a digital video disk; or it may be a semiconductor medium, such as a solid state disk.
  • the computer readable storage medium may be a volatile or a nonvolatile storage medium, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile types of storage media.
  • each embodiment may be an independent solution, or may be combined according to internal logic, and these solutions all fall within the protection scope of the present application.
  • a terminal device and/or a network device may perform some or all of the steps in each embodiment. These steps or operations are only examples, and the present application may also perform other operations or modifications of various operations. In addition, each step may be performed in a different order presented in each embodiment, and it may not be necessary to perform all operations in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a computing device and the computing device can be components.
  • One or more components can reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component can be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • these components can execute from various computer readable media having various data structures stored thereon.
  • a component may, for example, be based on a signal having one or more packets of data (such as data from two components interacting with another component between a local system, a distributed system, and/or a network, such as the Internet through a signal interacting with other systems). Communicate through local and/or remote processes.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, and other media capable of storing program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Position Fixing By Use Of Radio Waves (AREA)

Abstract

本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法,包括:第一设备向第二设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,第一定位参考信号的发送时刻为第一时刻,第三定位参考信号的发送时刻为第三时刻,第一时刻在第三时刻之前;第一设备接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后;第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第一定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。该定位方法能够提高终端设备的定位精度。

Description

一种定位方法和装置
本申请要求于2022年01月07日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210014727.X、申请名称为“一种定位方案”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及要求于2022年02月15日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210138847.0、申请名称为“一种定位方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种定位方法和装置。
背景技术
当前,基于已知位置的锚点设备和待测设备间的距离测量进行定位是一种应用广泛的定位技术,其定位精度受限于测距精度。其中,距离可以通过无线电波在设备间的传输时间与其传播速度的乘积进行获得。
但是,由于设备晶振通常具有误差,导致实际测量的时间与真实时间存在偏差,进而产生定位误差。特别地,在侧行链路(sidelink,SL)场景下,不同设备之间并非完全同步,且定位响应时间不一定能控制到足够小,导致已有的到达时间差(time difference of arrival,TDOA)或者往返时间(round-trip time,RTT)等定位方案性能下降,定位精度不满足要求。
因此,如何提高定位精度是亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法和装置,能够提高定位精度。
第一方面,提供了一种定位方法,该方法可以由第一设备(例如,锚点设备#1)执行,或者,也可以由用于第一设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由第一设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括:第一设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的发送时刻为第一时刻,第三定位参考信号的发送时刻为第三时刻,第一时刻在第三时刻之前;第一设备接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后;第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第一定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
其中,第一设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号的方式可以是广播,也可以是定向发送,例如,第一设备向第二设备和第三设备发送该第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,第一设备和第二设备可以是位置固定的设备(例如,路边单元(road side unit,RSU)),或者位置变化的移动设备,其坐标信息可以通过系统测量或者设备主动上报进行获取,本申请对此不作具体限定。
第二方面,提供了一种定位方法,该方法可以由第一设备(例如,锚点设备#1)执行,或者,也可以由用于第一设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由第一设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括:第一设备接收来自终端设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第一时刻,第三参考信号的接收时刻为第三时刻,第一时刻在第三时刻之前;第一设备发送第二定位参考信号,其中,第二定位参考信号的发送时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后;第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第一定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
其中,第一设备发送第二定位参考信号的方式可以是广播,也可以是定向发送,例如,第一设备向第二设备和第三设备发送该第二定位参考信号,本申请对此不作具体限定。
根据本申请提供的方案,通过终端设备和第一设备广播定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS),第一设备和第二设备记录并上报定位参考信号的发送和/或接收时间信息,用于确定终端设备的位置,融合了RTT和到达时间差TDOA的思想,使得整体开销及复杂度都较小。
需要说明的是,本申请主要适用于侧行链路(sidelink,SL)定位场景,可选地,本申请还适用于蜂窝上行链路(uplink,UL)或者下行链路(downlink,DL)定位场景,本申请对此不作具体限定。
结合第一方面或第二方面,在某些实现方式中,第一定位测量信息包括第一时刻、第二时刻和第三时刻。
在该实现方式中,第一设备反馈三个时刻,可以根据这三个时刻计算任意两个时刻之间的时间间隔,即第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔。
结合第一方面或第二方面,在某些实现方式中,第一定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔或第三时间间隔,第三时间间隔是第一时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔。
在该实现方式中,第一设备可以反馈至少两个时间间隔,后续可以根据任意两个时间间隔确定第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔。
结合第一方面或第二方面,在某些实现方式中,第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,包括:第一设备向位置管理功能(location management function,LMF)网元发送第一定位测量信息;或者,第一设备向终端设备发送第一定位测量信息。
在该实现方式中,第一设备可以将第一定位测量信息发送给LMF或终端设备,用于后续LMF或终端设备根据第一定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
结合第一方面或第二方面,在某些实现方式中,第一时间间隔T 1满足:T 1=t 11-t 10,第二时间间隔T 2满足:T 2=t 12-t 11,第三时间间隔T 3满足:T 3=t 12-t 10;或者,第一时间间隔T 1满足:T 1=t 10-t 11,第二时间间隔T 2满足:T 2=t 11-t 12,第三时间间隔T 3满足:T 3=t 10-t 12; 其中,t 10为第一时刻,t 11为第二时刻,t 12为第三时刻。
在该实现方式中,分别提供了第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔的表达形式。应理解,本申请技术方案中,时间间隔可以是正数也可以负数,对此不作具体限定。需要说明的是,为了便于计算和使用,同一实现方式下的第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔可以是同时为正数或负数的。
第三方面,提供了一种定位方法,该方法可以由第二设备(例如,锚点设备#2)执行,或者,也可以由用于第二设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由第二设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括:第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,第五时刻在第四时刻之后,且第五时刻在第六时刻之前;第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
根据本申请提供的方案,第一设备广播两次SL PRS,终端设备广播一次SL PRS,第二设备接收三次PRS。通过广播PRS,并且融合了RTT和TDOA的思想,使得整体开销及复杂度都较小。第一设备和第二设备记录并上报定位参考信号的发送和/或接收时间信息,用于确定终端设备的位置。该技术方案中,设备之间无需时钟同步,且时钟漂移对定位精度几乎无影响。
第四方面,提供了一种定位方法,该方法可以由第二设备(例如,锚点设备#2)执行,或者,也可以由用于第二设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由第二设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括:第二设备接收来自终端设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自第一设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,第五时刻在第四时刻之后,且第五时刻在第六时刻之前;第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
结合第三方面或第四方面,在某些实现方式中,第二定位测量信息包括第四时刻、第五时刻和第六时刻。
在该实现方式中,第二设备反馈三个时刻,可以根据这三个时刻计算任意两个时刻之间的时间间隔,即第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第五时间间隔。
结合第三方面或第四方面,在某些实现方式中,第二定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔或第六时间间隔,第六时间间隔是第四时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔。
在该实现方式中,第二设备可以反馈至少两个时间间隔,后续可以根据任意两个时间间隔确定第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔。
结合第三方面或第四方面,在某些实现方式中,第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,包括:第二设备向位置管理功能LMF网元发送第二定位测量信息;或者,第二设备向终端设备发送第二定位测量信息。
在该实现方式中,第二设备可以将第二定位测量信息发送给LMF或终端设备,用于后续LMF或终端设备根据第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
结合第三方面或第四方面,在某些实现方式中,第四时间间隔T 4满足:T 4=t 21-t 20,第五时间间隔T 5满足:T 5=t 22-t 21,第六时间间隔T 6满足:T 6=t 22-t 20;或者,第四时间间隔T 4满足:T 4=t 20-t 21,第五时间间隔T 5满足:T 5=t 21-t 22,第六时间间隔T 6满足:T 6=t 20-t 22;其中,t 20为第四时刻,t 21为第五时刻,t 22为第六时刻。
在该实现方式中,分别提供了第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第六时间间隔的表达形式。应理解,本申请技术方案中,时间间隔可以是正数也可以负数,对此不作具体限定。需要说明的是,为了便于计算和使用,同一实现方式下的第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第六时间间隔可以是同时为正数或负数的。
第五方面,提供了一种定位方法,该方法可以由终端设备(例如,用户设备(user equipment,UE))执行,或者,也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括:终端设备向多个设备发送第二定位参考信号,多个设备包括第一设备和第二设备,其中,第一设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后,第一时刻为第一设备发送第一定位参考信号的发送时刻,第三时刻为第一设备发送第三定位参考信号的发送时刻,其中,第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后,第四时刻为第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,第六时刻为第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻;终端设备接收第一设备的位置信息和来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收第二设备的位置信息和来自第二设备的第二定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,其中,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔;终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息和第二设备的位置信息确定终端设备的位置。
第六方面,提供了一种定位方法,该方法可以由终端设备(例如,用户设备(user equipment,UE))执行,或者,也可以由用于终端设备的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括:终端设备向多个设备分别发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,多个设备包括第一设备和第二设备,其中,第一设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第一时刻,第一设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第三时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后,第二时刻为第一设备发送第二定位参考信号的发送时刻,其中,第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻,第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之 后,第五时刻为第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻;终端设备接收第一设备的位置信息和来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收第二设备的位置信息和来自第二设备的第二定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,其中,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔;终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息和第二设备的位置信息确定终端设备的位置。
示例性的,第一设备的位置信息可以是终端设备从第一设备或位置管理功能LMF网元获取的,或者也可以是通过其他已知位置的锚点设备进行测量获取的。类似地,第二设备的位置信息可以是终端设备从第二设备或位置管理功能LMF网元获取的,或者也可以是通过其他已知位置的锚点设备进行测量获取的,本申请对此不作具体限定。
结合第五方面或第六方面,在某些实现方式中,终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息和第二设备的位置信息确定终端设备的位置,包括:终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二设备的位置信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备发送的定位参考信号到达第一设备和第二设备的到达时间差T Δ;终端设备根据到达时间差T Δ确定终端设备的位置。
需要说明的是,通过确定到达时间差T Δ可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第二设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为到达时间差T Δ的双曲线上。
进一步地,在本申请技术方案中,还包括第三设备(例如,锚点设备#3),第三设备的实现方式与第二设备类似。
一种可能的实现方式,第三设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第七时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第八时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第九时刻,第八时刻在第七时刻之后,且第八时刻在第九时刻之前;第三设备向终端设备发送第三定位测量信息,第三定位测量信息用于指示第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8,第七时间间隔是第七时刻t 30和第八时刻t 31之间的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是第八时刻t 31和第九时刻t 32之间的时间间隔,第三定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
另一种可能的实现方式,第三设备接收来自终端设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自第一设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第七时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第八时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第九时刻,第八时刻在第七时刻之后,且第八时刻在第九时刻之前;第三设备向终端设备发送第三定位测量信息,第三定位测量信息用于指示第七时间间隔和第八时间间隔,第七时间间隔是第七时刻和第八时刻之间的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是第八时刻和第九时刻之间的时间间隔,第三定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
对应的,终端设备接收第三设备的位置信息和来自第三设备的第三定位测量信息。其中,终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二设备的位置信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置,包括:终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息、第二设备的位置信息和第三定位测量信息、第三设备的位 置信息确定终端设备的位置。
示例性的,终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第三设备的位置信息和第三定位测量信息可以确定终端设备发送的定位参考信号到达第一设备和第三设备的到达时间差T Δ′;以及终端设备可以根据到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′,以及第一设备的位置信息、第二设备的位置信息和第三设备的位置信息,准确确定终端设备的位置。
需要说明的是,通过确定到达时间差T Δ′可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第三设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为到达时间差T Δ′的双曲线上。
应理解,通过到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′可以确定两个双曲线的交点即为终端设备的位置信息。
可选地,终端设备还可以根据第二定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息得到第二设备和第三设备之间的时间差T Δ″。这三个时间差T Δ、T Δ′和T Δ″中的任意两个时间差,都可以用于终端设备的定位。为了简洁,此处不再过多赘述。
在该实现方式中,通过第一设备、第二设备和第三设备的记录和上报定位参考信号的收发时间信息,可以准确地对终端设备进行三角定位。
第七方面,提供了一种定位方法,该方法可以由位置管理功能LMF网元执行,或者,也可以由用于位置管理功能网元的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由位置管理功能网元执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括:定位管理功能网元接收来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收来自第二设备的第二定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,其中,第一时刻为第一设备发送第一定位参考信号的发送时刻,第二时刻为第一设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻,第三时刻为第一设备发送第三定位参考信号的发送时刻,第四时刻为第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,第五时刻为第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻,第六时刻为第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻,其中,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后;定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
第八方面,提供了一种定位方法,该方法可以由位置管理功能LMF网元执行,或者,也可以由用于位置管理功能网元的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。为了便于描述,下面以由位置管理功能网元执行为例进行说明。
该方法包括:定位管理功能网元接收来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收来自第二设备的第二定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,其中,第一时刻为第一设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,第二时刻为第一设备发送第二定位参考信号的发送时刻,第三时刻为第一设备接收第三定位参考信 号的接收时刻,第四时刻为第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,第五时刻为第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻,第六时刻为第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻,其中,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后;定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
结合第七方面或第八方面,在某些实现方式中,定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置,包括:定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备发送定位参考信号到第一设备和第二设备的到达时间差T Δ;定位管理功能网元根据到达时间差T Δ确定终端设备的位置。
需要说明的是,通过确定到达时间差T Δ可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第二设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为到达时间差T Δ的双曲线上。
进一步地,在本申请技术方案中,还包括第三设备(例如,锚点设备#3),第三设备的实现方式与第二设备类似。
一种可能的实现方式,第三设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第七时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第八时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第九时刻,第八时刻在第七时刻之后,且第八时刻在第九时刻之前;第三设备向LMF发送第三定位测量信息,第三定位测量信息用于指示第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8,第七时间间隔是第七时刻t 30和第八时刻t 31之间的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是第八时刻t 31和第九时刻t 32之间的时间间隔,第三定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
另一种可能的实现方式,第三设备接收来自终端设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自第一设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第七时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第八时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第九时刻,第八时刻在第七时刻之后,且第八时刻在第九时刻之前;第三设备向LMF发送第三定位测量信息,第三定位测量信息用于指示第七时间间隔和第八时间间隔,第七时间间隔是第七时刻和第八时刻之间的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是第八时刻和第九时刻之间的时间间隔,第三定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
对应的,LMF接收来自第三设备的第三定位测量信息。其中,定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置,包括:定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息、第二定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
示例性的,LMF根据第一定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息可以确定终端设备发送的定位参考信号到达第一设备和第三设备的到达时间差T Δ′;进一步地,LMF可以根据到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′,以及第一设备的位置信息、第二设备的位置信息和第三设备的位置信息,准确确定终端设备的位置。
需要说明的是,通过确定到达时间差T Δ′可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第三设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为到达时间差T Δ′的双曲线上。
应理解,通过到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′可以确定两个双曲线的交点即为终端设备的位置信息。
可选地,LMF还可以根据第二定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息得到第二设备和第 三设备之间的时间差T Δ″。这三个时间差T Δ、T Δ′和T Δ″中的任意两个时间差,都可以用于定位。为了简洁,此处不再过多赘述。
在该实现方式中,通过第一设备、第二设备和第三设备的记录和上报定位参考信号的收发时间信息,可以准确地对终端设备进行三角定位。
结合第五方面至第八方面,在某些实现方式中,第一定位测量信息包括第一时刻、第二时刻和第三时刻;或者,第一定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔或第三时间间隔,第三时间间隔是第一时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔。
在该实现方式中,第一设备反馈三个时刻,可以根据这三个时刻计算任意两个时刻之间的时间间隔,即第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔。或者,第一设备可以反馈至少两个时间间隔,后续可以根据任意两个时间间隔确定第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔。
结合第五方面至第八方面,在某些实现方式中,第二定位测量信息包括第四时刻、第五时刻和第六时刻;或者,第二定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔或第六时间间隔,第六时间间隔是第四时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔。
在该实现方式中,第二设反馈三个时刻,可以根据这三个时刻计算任意两个时刻之间的时间间隔,即第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第五时间间隔。或者,第二设备可以反馈至少两个时间间隔,后续可以根据任意两个时间间隔确定第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔。
结合第五方面至第八方面,在某些实现方式中,第一时间间隔T 1满足:T 1=t 11-t 10,第二时间间隔T 2满足:T 2=t 12-t 11,第三时间间隔T 3满足:T 3=t 12-t 10;或者,第一时间间隔T 1满足:T 1=t 10-t 11,第二时间间隔T 2满足:T 2=t 11-t 12,第三时间间隔T 3满足:T 3=t 10-t 12;其中,t 11为第二时刻,t 10为第一时刻,t 12为第三时刻。
结合第五方面至第八方面,在某些实现方式中,第四时间间隔T 4满足:T 4=t 21-t 20,第五时间间隔T 5满足:T 5=t 22-t 21,第六时间间隔T 6满足:T 6=t 22-t 20;或者,第四时间间隔T 4满足:T 4=t 20-t 21,第五时间间隔T 5满足:T 5=t 21-t 22,第六时间间隔T 6满足:T 6=t 20-t 22
结合第一方面、第三方面、第五方面或第七方面,在某些实现方式中,第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号是周期性发送的。
在该实现方式中,第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号是周期性发送的,而第二定位参考信号可以不是周期发送的。在本申请技术方案中,第二定位参考信号的发送时刻位于第一定位参考信号的发送时刻和第三定位参考信号的发送时刻之间。
其中,第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号的发送周期是相同的。例如,T=10ns。假设第一设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号的时间间隔为2ns,那么可以认为第一定位参考信号的发送时刻是第1ns,第三定位参考信号的发送时刻是第3ns。下一次第一定位参考信号的发送时刻是第11ns,第三定位参考信号的发送时刻是第13ns,依次类推。而第二定位参考信号可以在第1ns和第3ns之间的任意时刻发送,下一个第二定位参考信号可以在第11ns和第13ns之间的任意时刻发送。或者,下一个第二定位参考信号也可以以10ns为周期进行发送;以此类推。
可选地,基站指示终端设备在第1ns和第3ns之间发送第二定位参考信号,例如第2.5ns;或者,终端设备也可以不受基站控制,自主确定发送第二定位参考信号的时刻,本申请对此不作具体限定。
结合第二方面、第四方面、第六方面或第八方面,在某些实现方式中,第二定位参考信号是周期性发送的。
需要说明的是,第二定位参考信号的发送数量与第一定位参考信号(或第三定位参考信号)的发送数量可以相同也可以不同。
结合第五方面至第八方面,在某些实现方式中,到达时间差T Δ可以满足:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000001
或者,
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000002
其中,TOF为定位参考信号在第一设备和第二设备之间的飞行时间。
在该实现方式中,提供两种到达时间差的表现形式,通过这一到达时间差T Δ可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第二设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为到达时间差T Δ的双曲线上。
结合第五方面至第八方面,在某些实现方式中,到达时间差T Δ′还可以满足:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000003
或者,
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000004
其中,TOF′为定位参考信号在第一设备和第三设备之间的飞行时间。
在该实现方式中,提供两种到达时间差的表现形式,通过这一到达时间差T Δ′可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第三设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为到达时间差T Δ′的双曲线上。
综上所述,通过到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′可以确定两个双曲线的交点即为终端设备的位置信息。
第九方面,提供了一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元,用于:第一设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的发送时刻为第一时刻,第三定位参考信号的发送时刻为第三时刻,第一时刻在第三时刻之前;第一设备接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后;第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第一定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
第十方面,提供了一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元,用于:第一设备接收来自终端设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第一时刻,第三参考信号的接收时刻为第三时刻,第一时刻在第三时刻之前;第一设备发送第二定位参考信号,其中,第二定位参考信号的发送时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后;第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第一定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
结合第九方面或第十方面,在某些实现方式中,第一定位测量信息包括第一时刻、第二时刻和第三时刻。
结合第九方面或第十方面,在某些实现方式中,第一定位测量信息包括以下至少两项: 第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔或第三时间间隔,第三时间间隔是第一时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔。
结合第九方面或第十方面,在某些实现方式中,第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,包括:第一设备向LMF网元发送第一定位测量信息;或者,第一设备向终端设备发送第一定位测量信息。
结合第九方面或第十方面,在某些实现方式中,第一时间间隔T 1满足:T 1=t 11-t 10,第二时间间隔T 2满足:T 2=t 12-t 11,第三时间间隔T 3满足:T 3=t 12-t 10;或者,第一时间间隔T 1满足:T 1=t 10-t 11,第二时间间隔T 2满足:T 2=t 11-t 12,第三时间间隔T 3满足:T 3=t 10-t 12;其中,t 10为第一时刻,t 11为第二时刻,t 12为第三时刻。
第十一方面,提供了一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元,用于:第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,第五时刻在第四时刻之后,且第五时刻在第六时刻之前;第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
第十二方面,提供了一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元,用于:第二设备接收来自终端设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自第一设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,第五时刻在第四时刻之后,且第五时刻在第六时刻之前;第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
结合第十一方面或第十二方面,在某些实现方式中,第二定位测量信息包括第四时刻、第五时刻和第六时刻。
结合第十一方面或第十二方面,在某些实现方式中,第二定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔或第六时间间隔,第六时间间隔是第四时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔。
结合第十一方面或第十二方面,在某些实现方式中,第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,包括:第二设备向位置管理功能LMF网元发送第二定位测量信息;或者,第二设备向终端设备发送第二定位测量信息。
结合第十一方面或第十二方面,在某些实现方式中,第四时间间隔T 4满足:T 4=t 21-t 20,第五时间间隔T 5满足:T 5=t 22-t 21,第六时间间隔T 6满足:T 6=t 22-t 20;或者,第四时间间隔T 4满足:T 4=t 20-t 21,第五时间间隔T 5满足:T 5=t 21-t 22,第六时间间隔T 6满足:T 6=t 20-t 22;其中,t 20为第四时刻,t 21为第五时刻,t 22为第六时刻。
第十三方面,提供了一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括:收发单元,用于终端设备向多个设备发送第二定位参考信号,多个设备包括第一设备和第二设备,其中,第一设备接 收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后,第一时刻为第一设备发送第一定位参考信号的发送时刻,第三时刻为第一设备发送第三定位参考信号的发送时刻,其中,第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后,第四时刻为第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,第六时刻为第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻;收发单元,还用于终端设备接收第一设备的位置信息和来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收第二设备的位置信息和来自第二设备的第二定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,其中,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔;处理单元,用于终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息和第二设备的位置信息确定终端设备的位置。
第十四方面,提供了一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括:收发单元,用于终端设备向多个设备分别发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,多个设备包括第一设备和第二设备,其中,第一设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第一时刻,第一设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第三时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后,第二时刻为第一设备发送第二定位参考信号的发送时刻,其中,第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻,第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后,第五时刻为第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻;收发单元,还用于终端设备接收第一设备的位置信息和来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收第二设备的位置信息和来自第二设备的第二定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,其中,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔;处理单元,用于终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息和第二设备的位置信息确定终端设备的位置。
结合第十三方面或第十四方面,在某些实现方式中,处理单元,还用于终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二设备的位置信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备发送的定位参考信号到达第一设备和第二设备的到达时间差T Δ;终端设备根据到达时间差T Δ确定终端设备的位置。
进一步地,在本申请技术方案中,还包括第三设备(例如,锚点设备#3),第三设备的实现方式与第二设备类似。
一种可能的实现方式,收发单元,还用于:第三设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第七时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第八时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第九时刻,第八时刻在第七时刻之后,且第八时刻在第九时刻之前;第三设备向终端设备发送第三定位测量信息,第三定位测量信息用于指示第七时间间隔 T 7和第八时间间隔T 8,第七时间间隔是第七时刻t 30和第八时刻t 31之间的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是第八时刻t 31和第九时刻t 32之间的时间间隔,第三定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
另一种可能的实现方式,收发单元,还用于:第三设备接收来自终端设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自第一设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第七时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第八时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第九时刻,第八时刻在第七时刻之后,且第八时刻在第九时刻之前;第三设备向终端设备发送第三定位测量信息,第三定位测量信息用于指示第七时间间隔和第八时间间隔,第七时间间隔是第七时刻和第八时刻之间的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是第八时刻和第九时刻之间的时间间隔,第三定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
对应的,收发单元,还用于:终端设备接收第三设备的位置信息和来自第三设备的第三定位测量信息;处理单元,还用于:终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息、第二设备的位置信息、第三定位测量信息和第三设备的位置信息确定终端设备的位置。
示例性的,处理单元,还用于:终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第三设备的位置信息和第三定位测量信息确定终端设备发送的定位参考信号到达第一设备和第三设备的到达时间差T Δ′;以及,处理单元,还用于:终端设备根据到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′确定终端设备的位置。
第十五方面,提供了一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括:收发单元,用于定位管理功能网元接收来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收来自第二设备的第二定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,其中,第一时刻为第一设备发送第一定位参考信号的发送时刻,第二时刻为第一设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻,第三时刻为第一设备发送第三定位参考信号的发送时刻,第四时刻为第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,第五时刻为第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻,第六时刻为第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻,其中,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后;处理单元,用于定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
第十六方面,提供了一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括:收发单元,用于定位管理功能网元接收来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收来自第二设备的第二定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,其中,第一时刻为第一设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,第二时刻为第一设备发送第二定位参考信号的发送时刻,第三时刻为第一设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻,第四时刻为第 二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,第五时刻为第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻,第六时刻为第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻,其中,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后;处理单元,用于定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
结合第十五方面或第十六方面,在某些实现方式中,处理单元,还用于:定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备发送定位参考信号到第一设备和第二设备的到达时间差T Δ;定位管理功能网元根据到达时间差T Δ确定终端设备的位置。
进一步地,在本申请技术方案中,还包括第三设备(例如,锚点设备#3),第三设备的实现方式与第二设备类似。
一种可能的实现方式,收发单元,还用于:第三设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第七时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第八时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第九时刻,第八时刻在第七时刻之后,且第八时刻在第九时刻之前;第三设备向LMF发送第三定位测量信息,第三定位测量信息用于指示第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8,第七时间间隔是第七时刻t 30和第八时刻t 31之间的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是第八时刻t 31和第九时刻t 32之间的时间间隔,第三定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
另一种可能的实现方式,收发单元,还用于:第三设备接收来自终端设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自第一设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第七时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第八时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第九时刻,第八时刻在第七时刻之后,且第八时刻在第九时刻之前;第三设备向LMF发送第三定位测量信息,第三定位测量信息用于指示第七时间间隔和第八时间间隔,第七时间间隔是第七时刻和第八时刻之间的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是第八时刻和第九时刻之间的时间间隔,第三定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
对应的,收发单元,还用于:LMF接收来自第三设备的第三定位测量信息;处理单元,还用于:LMF根据第一定位测量信息、第二定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
示例性的,处理单元,还用于:LMF根据第一定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息确定终端设备发送的定位参考信号到达第一设备和第三设备的到达时间差T Δ′;以及,处理单元,还用于:LMF根据到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′确定终端设备的位置。
结合第十三方面至第十六方面,在某些实现方式中,第一定位测量信息包括第一时刻、第二时刻和第三时刻;或者,第一定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔或第三时间间隔,第三时间间隔是第一时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔。
结合第十三方面至第十六方面,在某些实现方式中,第二定位测量信息包括第四时刻、第五时刻和第六时刻;或者,第二定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔或第六时间间隔,第六时间间隔是第四时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔。
结合第十三方面至第十六方面,在某些实现方式中,第一时间间隔T 1满足:T 1=t 11-t 10, 第二时间间隔T 2满足:T 2=t 12-t 11,第三时间间隔T 3满足:T 3=t 12-t 10;或者,第一时间间隔T 1满足:T 1=t 10-t 11,第二时间间隔T 2满足:T 2=t 11-t 12,第三时间间隔T 3满足:T 3=t 10-t 12;其中,t 11为第二时刻,t 10为第一时刻,t 12为第三时刻。
结合第十三方面至第十六方面,在某些实现方式中,第四时间间隔T 4满足:T 4=t 21-t 20,第五时间间隔T 5满足:T 5=t 22-t 21,第六时间间隔T 6满足:T 6=t 22-t 20;或者,第四时间间隔T 4满足:T 4=t 20-t 21,第五时间间隔T 5满足:T 5=t 21-t 22,第六时间间隔T 6满足:T 6=t 20-t 22
结合第九方面、第十一方面、第十三方面或第十五方面,在某些实现方式中,第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号是周期性发送的。
结合第十方面、第十二方面、第十四方面或第十六方面,在某些实现方式中,第二定位参考信号是周期性发送的。
结合第十三方面至第十六方面,在某些实现方式中,到达时间差T Δ可以满足:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000005
或者,
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000006
其中,TOF为定位参考信号在第一设备和第二设备之间的飞行时间。
结合第十三方面至第十六方面,在某些实现方式中,到达时间差T Δ′还可以满足:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000007
或者,
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000008
其中,TOF′为定位参考信号在第一设备和第三设备之间的飞行时间。
综上所述,通过到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′可以确定两个双曲线的交点即为终端设备的位置信息。
第十七方面,提供了一种第一设备(例如,锚点设备#1),包括,处理器,可选地,还包括存储器,该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该第一设备执行上述第一方面或第二方面,及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
可选地,该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。
可选地,该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。
可选地,该第一设备还包括收发器,收发器具体可以为发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。
第十八方面,提供了一种第二设备(例如,锚点设备#2),包括,处理器,可选地,还包括存储器,该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该第二设备执行上述第三方面或第四方面,及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
可选地,该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。
可选地,该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。
可选地,该第二设备还包括收发器,收发器具体可以为发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。
第十九方面,提供了一种终端设备(例如,用户设备UE),包括,处理器,可选地,还包括存储器,该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处 理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该终端设备执行上述第五方面或第六方面,及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
可选地,该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。
可选地,该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。
可选地,该终端设备还包括收发器,收发器具体可以为发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。
第二十方面,提供了一种位置管理功能(例如,LMF)网元,包括,处理器,可选地,还包括存储器,该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该位置管理功能网元执行上述第七方面或第八方面,及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
可选地,该处理器为一个或多个,该存储器为一个或多个。
可选地,该存储器可以与该处理器集成在一起,或者该存储器与处理器分离设置。
可选地,该位置管理功能网元还包括收发器,收发器具体可以为发射机(发射器)和接收机(接收器)。
第二十一方面,提供了一种通信装置,包括:用于实现上述各个方面或各个方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法的各个模块或单元。
第二十二方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括:第一设备,用于执行上述第一方面或第二方面,及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法;以及第二设备,用于执行上述第三方面或第四方面,及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法;以及终端设备,用于执行上述第五方面或第六方面,及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法;以及位置管理功能网元,用于执行上述第七方面或第八方面,及其任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第二十三方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序或代码,该计算机程序或代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行上述各个方面或各个方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
第二十四方面,提供了一种芯片,包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器与存储器耦合,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片系统的设备执行上述各个方面或各个方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
其中,该芯片可以包括用于发送信息或数据的输入电路或者接口,以及用于接收信息或数据的输出电路或者接口。
第二十五方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码被设备运行时,使得该设备执行上述各个方面或各个方面任一种可能实现方式中的方法。
附图说明
图1是适用本申请的通信系统的一例示意图。
图2a是适用本申请的传统定位方法的一例示意图。
图2b是适用本申请的传统定位方法的定位参考信号的飞行时间计算原理一例示意图。
图3是适用本申请的双边双向定位方法的一例示意图。
图4是适用于本申请的定位方法的一例示意图。
图5是适用于本申请的定位方法的一例示意图。
图6是适用于本申请的定位方法的另一例示意图。
图7是适用本申请的定位参考信号的飞行时间计算原理的一例示意图。
图8是适用于本申请的定位方法的又一例示意图。
图9是适用于本申请的定位方法的又一例示意图。
图10是适用本申请的定位参考信号的飞行时间计算原理的另一例示意图。
图11是适用本申请的定位装置的一例示意图。
图12是适用本申请的定位装置的另一例示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于同步、测量、定位等各种通信系统。例如,长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunication system,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)通信系统、第五代(5 th Generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)等。
随着通信技术的发展,移动通信系统将不仅支持传统的通信,还将支持例如设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)通信,车到车(vehicle to vehicle,V2V)通信、车到基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I)通信,车到行人(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)通信,车到网络(vehicle to network,V2N)通信等,车间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-vehicle,LTE-V)、机器类通信(machine type communication,MTC)、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)、工业互联网、机器间通信长期演进技术(long term evolution-machine,LTE-M)、新无线无许可频谱(NR in unlicensed spectrum,NR-U)、车联网无许可频谱(V2X in unlicensed spectrum,V2X-U)等。
为便于理解本申请技术方案,图1示出了适用于本申请实施例的网络架构100的一例示意图。如图1所示,该通信系统可以包括多个锚点设备。其中,锚点设备包括至少一个主锚点设备(serving Anchor),例如,锚点设备120,以及多个辅锚点设备(non_serving Anchors),例如,锚点设备130和140。该通信系统还可以包括至少一个终端设备150,例如,待定位的用户设备(user equipment,UE)。
可选地,该通信系统还可以包括位置管理功能LMF网元。例如,LMF 110。
其中,该锚点设备120、130和140,以及终端设备150可以是移动的或固定的。锚点设备120、130和140、终端设备150和位置管理功能LMF网元110之间均可以通过无线链路通信。即,锚点设备120、130和140可以分别和位置管理功能LMF网元110、终端设备150进行信号的收发。而且,锚点设备120也可以分别与锚点设备130、140进行信号的收发。
示例性的,锚点设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备通信。例如,主锚点设备120可以向辅锚点设备130发送定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS);再例如,终端设备150也可以向锚点设备120、130和140发送定位参考信号;又例如,锚点设备120、130和140可以向位置管理功能LMF网元110或者终端设备150发送定位测量信息等。因此,图1中的锚点设备120、130和140、终端设备150和位置管理功能LMF网元110之间构成一个通信系统。其中,在该网络架构中,锚点设备120、130和140,以及终端设备150之间通过PC5接口进行连接。
在本申请中,锚点设备120、130和140可以是路边单元(road side unit,RSU)、收发节点(transmit and receive point,TRP)、5G基站(gNodeB或gNB)等。
在本申请中,终端设备150可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的终端,移动台(mobile station,MS),终端(terminal),用户设备(user equipment,UE),软终端等。例如,水表、电表、传感器等。
在本申请中,位置管理功能LMF网元110位于无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)本地或者核心网(core network,CN)侧。LMF支持定位计算、从UE获取下行定位测量结果或定位估计、从无线接入网RAN侧获得上行定位测量结果、从RAN侧获得辅助数据等功能。
其中,网元也可以称为实体、设备、装置或模块等,本申请对此不作具体限定。例如,LMF实体包括位于本地定位管理功能L-LMF实体,以及核心网定位管理功能CN-LMF实体。在本申请中,为便于理解和说明,在部分描述中省略“网元”这一描述,例如,将LMF网元简称LMF。在此情况下,该“LMF”应理解为LMF网元或LMF实体。
需要说明的是,本申请实施例主要适用于侧行链路SL定位场景。可选地,还适用于蜂窝上行链路UL或下行链路DL定位场景。本申请对此不作具体限定。
应理解,图1仅为便于理解而示例的简化示意图,该通信系统100中还可以包括其他网络设备或者终端设备,本申请对此不作具体限定。
为便于理解本申请实施例,下面首先对本申请中涉及的术语进行简单说明。
1、晶振
晶振又称石英晶体,是电子产品中最常用的元件之一,主要用于振荡器电路中。晶振主要由晶片、导电胶、电极等器件组成。
晶振的主要参数有标称频率、负载电容、频率精度、频率稳定度等,这些参数决定了晶振的品质和性能。
晶振是石英晶体谐振器(quartz crystal oscillator)的简称,也称有源晶振、石英晶体或晶体、晶振。它能够产生中央处理器(central procession unit,CPU)执行指令所必需的时钟频率信号,CPU一切指令的执行都是建立在这个基础上的,时钟信号频率越高,通常CPU的运行速度也就越快。晶体振荡器(crystal oscillator)是指从一块石英晶体上按一定方位角切下薄片(简称为晶片)。
图2a是适用本申请的传统定位方法的一例示意图。
即,基于到达时间差TDOA定位原理的一例示意图,TDOA是基站通过向移动设备发送PRS,以及通过测量移动设备和多个基站间的传输时延差来实现定位的。如图2的(a) 所示,包括基站1、基站2、基站3和移动设备,当两基站(例如,基站1和基站2)与移动设备之间的距离差为R 21时,则移动设备位于以基站1和基站2为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为R 21的双曲线上。其中,距离差R 21可以由时延差(即,信号分别在移动设备和两基站之间传输的时延差)和光速的乘积得到。类似地,再根据两基站(例如,基站1和基站3)与移动设备之间的距离差为R 31,可以得到另一组以基站1和基站3为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为R 31的双曲线。最后,通过两组双曲线的交点可以实现对移动设备位置的估计。
在该实现方式中,由于需要准确的时延差来实现定位,因此要求不同基站之间必须保证时钟同步。
图2b是适用本申请的传统定位方法的定位参考信号的飞行时间计算原理一例示意图。
即,当前往返时间RTT定位原理的一例示意图,往返时间RTT定位是通过来回发送定位参考信号PRS获取往返传输时间,以实现设备的定位。如图2的(b)所示,设备A在自己的时间戳T A1时刻向设备B发送定位参考信号,设备B在自己的时间戳T B1时刻接收到该定位参考信号。然后,设备B在自己的时间戳T B2时刻向设备A发送定位响应信号,设备A在自己的时间戳T A2时刻接收该定位响应信号。最终,设备A利用往返时间t round和响应时间t reply可以计算出脉冲信号在两个设备之间的飞行时间(time-of-flight,TOF)。
其中,往返时间:t round=T A2-T A1  (1)
响应时间:t reply=T B2-T B1  (2)
两个设备之间的飞行时间:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000009
进一步地,确定设备A和设备B之间的距离为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000010
其中,c为光速,即c=3×10 8m/s。
通过上述单边双向定位原理,待定位UE与三个基站分别进行RTT过程,即可得到与三个基站的距离,从而能够实现对UE的准确定位。
在该实现方式中,不同设备(例如,设备A和设备B)之间无需保持时钟同步,只需要不同设备上报时间戳之差即可。
由于不同设备会产生不一样的时钟漂移,即当时钟晶振存在误差e 1时,如果实际经过了时间t,那么设备记录的时间为t(1+e 1),也就是偏差会随时间t的增大而增大。即由于设备晶振存在误差,导致实际测量的飞行时间与真实的飞行时间之间存在偏差,因而会引入定位误差。因此,RTT要求响应时间尽可能短以减小定位误差。
示例性的,下面对TOF(脉冲信号在设备A和设备B之间的飞行时间)进行误差分析。假设设备A的晶振误差为e A,设备B的晶振误差为e B。那么设备A实际记录的时间戳应该分别为
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000012
设备B实际记录的时间戳应该分别为
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000014
因而,实际代入公式中进行TOF估计的量(即,往返时间、响应时间)分别为
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000015
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000016
进而得到带有误差的TOF估计,即:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000017
因此,估计值
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000018
与真实TOF的偏差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000019
由公式(6)可知,测量误差与响应时间t reply、脉冲信号在设备A和设备B之间的飞行时间TOF有关。通常而言,t reply的数值远大于TOF,可以认为t reply在测量误差中占主导影响。因此,测量误差会随着响应时间的增大而增大。为了尽量减小晶振引入的定位误差,需要保证t reply尽量小,从而对响应方的处理速度有较高要求。
为了减小时钟漂移的影响,IEEE 802.15.4z标准中采用双边双向测距(double-sided two-way ranging,DS-TWR)法对待测设备UE进行准确定位。
图3是适用本申请实施例的双边双向定位方法的一例示意图,可以认为DS-TWR是RTT方案的延伸。如图3所示,通过设备A和设备B之间两次往返时间的测量,可以得到脉冲信号在两个设备间的飞行时间TOF,也就是图中的T prop
示例性的,在DS-TWR方案中,设备A和设备B之间一共传输了三条消息。第一条消息和第二条消息可以看作是设备A发起的RTT测量,第二条消息和第三条消息可以看作是设备B发起的RTT测量。对应的,可以得到两个RTT方程为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000020
进而可以得到飞行时间TOF为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000021
最终,考虑到设备A和设备B分别存在不同的时钟晶振误差e A和e B,由于时钟漂移引入的误差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000022
由公式(9)可知,定位误差与响应时间无关,只与e A、e B和TOF有关。由于e A和e B一般为10 -6量级,而TOF为纳秒量级,因此定位误差几乎可以忽略不计。
通过上述双边双向定位原理,DS-TWR方案中需要进行三次消息交互才能完成两个设备间的测距。当引入到SL场景下进行定位测量时,UE需要与三个锚点设备分别进行DS-TWR测距,一共需要九次消息交互才能确定UE的准确定位。
在该实现方式中,定位测量误差与响应时间无关,即使响应时间(replay time)较长,也能保证较高的定位精度。但是,该方案整体开销及复杂度较高。
因此,如何在降低时钟同步及时钟漂移对定位精度影响的同时,降低定位方案整体开销及复杂度是亟待解决的技术问题。
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供了一种定位方法,通过第一设备(例如,锚点设备#1)向第二设备(例如,锚点设备#2)发送的定位参考信号PRS,以及终端设备发送的PRS的测量和上报,使得第一设备和第二设备之间无需进行时钟同步,能够减少时钟漂移对定位误差的影响,在提升定位精度的同时降低测量信令开销和终端设备侧的复杂度。
为了便于理解本申请实施例,作出以下几点说明:
本申请实施例中,“至少两种”是指两种或两种以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在 A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。在本申请的文字描述中,字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
在本申请实施例中,“第一”、“第二”以及各种数字编号指示为了描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的指示信息等。
在本申请实施例中,“用于指示”可以包括用于直接指示和用于间接指示。当描述某一指示信息用于指示A时,可以包括该指示信息直接指示A或间接指示A,而并不代表该指示信息中一定携带有A。
此外,具体的指示方式还可以是现有各种指示方式,例如但不限于,上述指示方式及其各种组合等。各种指示方式的具体细节可以参考现有技术,本文不再赘述。由上文所述可知,举例来说,当需要指示相同类型的多个信息时,可能会出现不同信息的指示方式不相同的情形。具体实现过程中,可以根据具体的需要选择所需的指示方式,本申请实施例对选择的指示方式不做限定,如此一来,本申请实施例涉及的指示方式应理解为涵盖可以使得待指示方获知待指示信息的各种方法。
在本申请实施例中,“当……时”、“在……情况下”以及“如果”等描述均指在某种客观情况下设备会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求设备在实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。
在本申请实施例中,“指示信息”和“配置信息”可以是显式指示,即通过信令直接指示,或者根据信令指示的参数,结合其他规则或结合其他参数或通过推导获得。也可以是隐式指示,即根据规则或关系,或根据其他参数,或推导获得。本申请对此不作具体限定。
应理解,本申请所涉及的定位参考信号、定位测量信息等承载方式可以是但不限于:无线资源控制信令、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层信令中的一种或者两种的组合。其中,无线资源控制信令包括无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令;MAC层信令包括MAC控制元素(MAC control element,MAC CE)信令;调度信息可以承载在物理层(physical,PHY)信令中,物理层信令包括下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)信令等。
下面结合附图对本申请实施例中定位方法进行详细说明。
图4是本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法400的示意性流程图,具体实现步骤包括:
S410,第一设备向第二设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号;
对应的,第二设备接收来自第一设备发送的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号。
其中,第一设备发送第一定位参考信号的发送时刻为第一时刻,第一设备发送第三定位参考信号的发送时刻为第三时刻,第一时刻在第三时刻之前。
类似地,第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻,第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,第四时刻在第六时刻之前。
其中,第一设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号的方式可以是广播,也可 以是定向发送,例如,第一设备向第二设备和第三设备发送该第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,本申请对此不作具体限定。
在本申请技术方案中,第一设备和第二设备可以是位置固定的设备,(例如,路边单元RSU);或者,第一设备和第二设备也可以是位置变化的设备,其坐标信息可以通过系统测量或者设备主动上报进行获取,本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,第一时刻为t 10,第三时刻为t 12,t 10小于t 12,第四时刻为t 20,第六时刻为t 22,t 20小于t 22
需要说明的是,在该实现方式中,第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号是周期性发送的。
其中,第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号的发送周期是相同的。例如,T=10ns。假设第一设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号的时间间隔为2ns,那么可以认为第一定位参考信号的发送时刻是第1ns,第三定位参考信号的发送时刻是第3ns。下一次第一定位参考信号的发送时刻是第11ns,第三定位参考信号的发送时刻是第13ns,依次类推;即每发送一个第一定位参考信号的2ns之后,发送一个第三定位参考信号。或者,也可以认为第一设备周期性发送定位参考信号,每次发送两个定位参考信号(第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号),其中,每次发送的两个定位参考信号之间的间隔固定,例如间隔为2ns;即,第一设备周期性发送间隔2ns的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号。
作为示例而非限定,第一设备周期性地广播第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,对应的,多个设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号。其中,多个设备包括第二设备、第三设备等。
示例性的,第三设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第七时刻t 30,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第九时刻t 32,第九时刻在第七时刻之后。
S420,终端设备向第一设备和第二设备发送第二定位参考信号;
对应的,第一设备和第二设备均接收来自终端设备发送的第二定位参考信号。
其中,第一设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后。
类似地,第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后。
需要说明的是,终端设备可以发送多个第二定位参考信号,这些第二定位参考信号可以不是周期发送的,也可以是周期发送的。
在本申请技术方案中,第二定位参考信号的发送时刻在周期性发送的相邻的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号之间。例如,第一设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号的时间间隔为2ns,时间周期为10ns;那么可以认为第一定位参考信号的发送时刻是第1ns,第三定位参考信号的发送时刻是第3ns,第二定位参考信号可以在第1ns和第3ns之间的任意时刻发送;下一个第一定位参考信号的发送时刻是第11ns,下一个第三定位参考信号的发送时刻是第13ns,下一个第二定位参考信号可以在第11ns和第13ns之间的任意时刻发送。或者,下一个第二定位参考信号也可以以10ns为周期进行发送;以此 类推。
需要说明的是,第二定位参考信号的发送数量与第一定位参考信号(或第三定位参考信号)的发送数量可以相同也可以不同。
可选地,基站指示终端设备在第1ns和第3ns之间发送第二定位参考信号,例如第1.8ns。或者,终端设备也可以不受基站控制,自主确定发送第二定位参考信号的时刻,例如第2ns。本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,第二时刻为t 11,第五时刻为t 21。例如,t 11表示第2ns,t 21表示第2.2s。假设终端设备在第1.9ns发送第二定位参考信号,对应的,第一设备可以在第2ns接收到第二定位参考信号,第二设备可以在第2.2ns接收到第一定位参考信号。
作为示例而非限定,终端设备周期性地广播第二定位参考信号。对应的,多个设备接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号。其中,多个设备包括第一设备、第二设备、第三设备等。
示例性的,第三设备接收来自终端设备发送的第二定位参考信号,其中,第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第八时刻t 31,第八时刻在第七时刻之后,且第八时刻在第九时刻之前。
进一步地,第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,包括下面步骤S431或步骤S432中两种具体实现方式。当由终端设备进行定位计算时,执行步骤S431;当由LMF进行定位计算时,执行步骤S432。
S431,第一设备向终端设备发送第一定位测量信息和第一设备的位置信息。
对应的,终端设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息和第一设备的位置信息。
其中,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第一定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
需要说明的是,第一设备的位置信息可以是终端设备从第一设备或位置管理功能LMF网元获取的,或者也可以是通过其他已知位置的锚点设备进行测量获取的。本申请对此不作具体限定。
S432,第一设备向LMF发送第一定位测量信息。
对应的,LMF接收来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息。
其中,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第一定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
基于步骤S431和步骤S432:
一种可能的实现方式,第一定位测量信息包括第一时刻、第二时刻和第三时刻。
示例性的,第一定位测量信息中包括第一时刻为t 10,第二时刻为t 11和第三时刻为t 12。例如,t 10表示第1s,t 11表示第2s,t 12表示第3s。
在该实现方式中,第一设备反馈三个时刻,可以根据这三个时刻计算任意两个时刻之间的时间间隔,即第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔。
另一种可能的实现方式,第一定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔或第三时间间隔,第三时间间隔是第一时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔。其中,可以基于这三个时间间隔中的任意两个时间间隔,计算得到另一个时间间隔。
方式一,第一时间间隔T 1满足:T 1=t 11-t 10,第二时间间隔T 2满足:T 2=t 12-t 11,第三时间间隔T 3满足:T 3=t 12-t 10,其中,t 10为第一时刻,t 11为第二时刻,t 12为第三时刻。
方式二,第一时间间隔T 1满足:T 1=t 10-t 11,第二时间间隔T 2满足:T 2=t 11-t 12,第三时间间隔T 3满足:T 3=t 10-t 12;其中,t 10为第一时刻,t 11为第二时刻,t 12为第三时刻。
示例性的,第一定位测量信息中包括第一时间间隔T 1,第二时间间隔T 2和第三时间间隔为T 3。例如,T 1表示1ns,T 2表示1ns,T 3表示2ns;或者,T 1表示-1ns,T 2表示-1ns,T 3表示-2ns。
在该实现方式中,分别提供了第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔的表达形式。即第一设备可以通过反馈至少两个时间间隔,后续可以根据任意两个时间间隔确定第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔。
应理解,本申请技术方案中,时间间隔可以是正数也可以负数,对此不作具体限定。需要说明的是,为了便于计算和使用,同一实现方式下的第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔可以是同时为正数或负数的。
进一步地,第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,包括下面步骤S441或步骤S442两种具体实现方式。当由终端设备进行定位计算时,执行步骤S441;当由LMF进行定位计算时,执行步骤S442。
S441,第二设备向终端设备发送第二定位测量信息和第二设备的位置信息。
对应的,终端设备接收来自终端设备发送的第二定位测量信息和第二设备的位置信息。
其中,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
S442,第二设备向LMF发送第二定位测量信息。
对应的,LMF接收来自第二设备发送的第二定位测量信息。
其中,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
基于步骤S441和步骤S442:
一种可能的实现方式,第二定位测量信息包括第四时刻、第五时刻和第六时刻。
示例性的,第二定位测量信息中包括第四时刻为t 20,第五时刻为t 21和第六时刻为t 22。例如,t 20表示第1.6s,t 21表示第2.2s,t 22表示第3.6s。
在该实现方式中,第二设备反馈三个时刻,可以根据这三个时刻计算任意两个时刻之间的时间间隔,即第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第五时间间隔。
另一种可能的实现方式,第二定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔或第六时间间隔,第六时间间隔是第四时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔。其中,可以基于这三个时间间隔中的任意两个时间间隔,计算得到另一个时间间隔。
方式一,第四时间间隔T 4满足:T 4=t 21-t 20,第五时间间隔T 5满足:T 5=t 22-t 21,第六时间间隔T 6满足:T 6=t 22-t 20;其中,t 20为第四时刻,t 21为第五时刻,t 22为第六时刻。
方式二,第四时间间隔T 4满足:T 4=t 20-t 21,第五时间间隔T 5满足:T 5=t 21-t 22,第六 时间间隔T 6满足:T 6=t 20-t 22;其中,t 20为第四时刻,t 21为第五时刻,t 22为第六时刻。
示例性的,第二定位测量信息中包括第四时间间隔T 4,第五时间间隔T 5和第六时间间隔为T 6。例如,T 4表示0.6ns,T 5表示0.6ns,T 6表示2ns;或者,T 4表示-0.6ns,T 5表示-0.6ns,T 6表示-2ns。
在该实现方式中,分别提供了第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第六时间间隔的表达形式。即第二设备可以通过反馈至少两个时间间隔,用于后续可以根据任意两个时间间隔确定第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔。
应理解,本申请技术方案中,时间间隔可以是正数也可以负数,对此不作具体限定。需要说明的是,为了便于计算和使用,同一实现方式下的第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第六时间间隔可以是同时为正数或负数的。
需要说明的是,上述步骤S431和步骤S432中的第一定位测量信息,以及上述步骤S441和步骤S442中的第二定位测量信息在上报时可以任意组合。
示例性的,第一设备上报的第一定位测量信息是第一时刻、第二时刻和第三时刻,第二设备上报的第二定位测量信息是第四时刻、第五时刻和第六时刻;或者,第一设备上报的第一定位测量信息是第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔或第三时间间隔中的任意两个。第二设备上报的第二定位测量信息是第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔或第六时间间隔中的任意两个;或者,第一设备上报的第一定位测量信息是第一时刻、第二时刻和第三时刻,第二设备上报的第二定位测量信息是第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔或第六时间间隔中的任意两个;或者,第一设备上报的第一定位测量信息是第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔或第三时间间隔中的任意两个,第二设备上报的第二定位测量信息是第四时刻、第五时刻和第六时刻。本申请对此不作具体限定。
进一步地,在本申请技术方案中,还包括第三设备,第三设备的具体实现方式与第二设备类似。
作为示例而非限定,第三设备发送第三定位测量信息,包括下面两种具体实现方式:
一种可能的实现方式,第三设备向终端设备发送第三定位测量信息和第三设备的位置信息。对应的,终端设备接收来自第三设备发送的第三定位测量信息和第三设备的位置信息。
另一种可能的实现方式,第三设备向LMF发送第三定位测量信息。对应的,LMF接收来自第三设备发送的第三定位测量信息。
其中,第三定位测量信息用于指示第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8,第七时间间隔是第七时刻t 30和第八时刻t 31之间的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是第八时刻t 31和第九时刻t 32之间的时间间隔,第三定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
需要说明的是,第三设备的位置信息可以是终端设备从第三设备或位置管理功能LMF网元获取的,或者也可以是通过其他已知位置的锚点设备进行测量获取的。本申请对此不作具体限定。
一种可能的实现方式,第三定位测量信息包括第七时刻、第八时刻和第九时刻。
示例性的,第三定位测量信息中包括第七时刻为t 30,第八时刻为t 31和第九时刻为t 32。例如,t 30表示第1.7ns,t 31表示第2.3ns,t 32表示第3.7ns。
在该实现方式中,第三设备反馈三个时刻,可以根据这三个时刻计算任意两个时刻之 间的时间间隔,即第七时间间隔、第八时间间隔和第九时间间隔。
另一种可能的实现方式,第三定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:第七时间间隔、第八时间间隔或第九时间间隔,第九时间间隔是第七时刻和第九时刻之间的时间间隔。其中,可以基于这三个时间间隔中的任意两个时间间隔,计算得到另一个时间间隔。
方式一,第七时间间隔T 7满足:T 7=t 31-t 30,第八时间间隔T 8满足:T 8=t 32-t 31,第九时间间隔T 9满足:T 9=t 32-t 30
方式二,第七时间间隔T 7满足:T 7=t 30-t 31,第八时间间隔T 8满足:T 8=t 31-t 32,第九时间间隔T 9满足:T 9=t 30-t 32
其中,t 30为第七时刻,t 31为第八时刻,t 32为第九时刻。
示例性的,第三定位测量信息中包括第七时间间隔T 7,第八时间间隔T 8和第九时间间隔为T 9。例如,T 7表示1.7ns,T 8表示2.3ns,T 9表示3.7ns;或者,T 7表示-1.7ns,T 8表示-2.3ns,T 9表示-3.7ns。
在该实现方式中,分别提供了第七时间间隔、第八时间间隔和第九时间间隔的表达形式。即第三设备可以通过反馈至少两个时间间隔,后续可以根据任意两个时间间隔确定第七时间间隔和第八时间间隔。
需要说明的是,第三定位测量信息和第一定位测量信息、第二定位测量信息在上报时也可以任意组合。
示例性的,第一设备上报的第一定位测量信息是第一时刻、第二时刻和第三时刻,第二设备上报的第二定位测量信息是第四时刻、第五时刻和第六时刻,第三设备上报的第一定位测量信息是第七时刻、第八时刻和第九时刻;或者,第一设备上报的第一定位测量信息是第一时刻、第二时刻和第三时刻,第二设备上报的第二定位测量信息是第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔或第六时间间隔中的任意两个,第三设备上报的第三定位测量信息是第七时间间隔、第八时间间隔或第九时间间隔中的任意两个;或者,第一设备上报的第一定位测量信息是第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔或第三时间间隔中的任意两个,第二设备上报的第二定位测量信息是第四时刻、第五时刻和第六时刻,第三设备上报的第一定位测量信息是第七时刻、第八时刻和第九时刻;等等。本申请对此不作具体限定。
进一步地,根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置,包括下面步骤S451或步骤S452两种具体实现方式。当由终端设备进行定位计算时,执行步骤S451;当由LMF进行定位计算时,执行步骤S452。
S451,终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息和第二设备的位置信息确定终端设备的位置。
一种可能的实现方式,终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二设备的位置信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备发送的定位参考信号到达第一设备和第二设备的到达时间差T Δ;终端设备根据到达时间差T Δ确定终端设备的位置。
其中,到达时间差T Δ满足:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000023
或者,
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000024
其中,TOF为定位参考信号在第一设备和第二设备之间的飞行时间。
在该实现方式中,提供两种到达时间差的表现形式,通过这一到达时间差T Δ可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第二设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为到达时间差T Δ的双曲线上。
进一步地,终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息和第二设备的位置信息确定终端设备的位置,包括:终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息、第二设备的位置信息和第三定位测量信息、第三设备的位置信息确定终端设备的位置。
示例性的,终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第三设备的位置信息和第三定位测量信息可以确定终端设备发送的定位参考信号到达第一设备和第三设备的到达时间差T Δ′;以及终端设备可以根据到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′准确确定终端设备的位置。
其中,到达时间差T Δ′满足:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000025
或者,
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000026
其中,TOF′为定位参考信号在第一设备和第三设备之间的飞行时间。
在该实现方式中,提供两种到达时间差的表现形式,通过这一到达时间差T Δ′可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第三设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为到达时间差T Δ′的双曲线上。
应理解,通过到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′可以确定两个双曲线的交点即为终端设备的位置信息。
可选地,终端设备还可以根据第二定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息得到第二设备和第三设备之间的时间差T Δ″。这三个时间差T Δ、T Δ′和T Δ″中的任意两个时间差,都可以用于定位。为了简洁,此处不再过多赘述。
综上所述,终端设备可以根据(第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息)、(第二定位测量信息、第二设备的位置信息)和(第三定位测量信息、第三设备的位置信息),这三组测量信息进行三角定位,准确地确定出终端设备的位置。
S452,LMF根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
需要说明的是,LMF可以直接获取第一设备和第二设备的位置信息,因此,该实现方式中第一设备和第二设备可以不上报位置信息。
一种可能的实现方式,定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备发送定位参考信号到第一设备和第二设备的到达时间差T Δ;定位管理功能网元根据到达时间差T Δ确定终端设备的位置。
其中,到达时间差T Δ满足:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000027
或者,
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000028
其中,TOF为定位参考信号在第一设备和第二设备之间的飞行时间。
在该实现方式中,提供两种到达时间差的表现形式,通过这一到达时间差T Δ可以确定 终端设备位于以第一设备和第二设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为到达时间差T Δ的双曲线上。
进一步地,LMF根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置,包括:LMF根据第一定位测量信息、第二定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
示例性的,LMF根据第一定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息可以确定终端设备发送的定位参考信号到达第一设备和第三设备的到达时间差T Δ′;以及LMF可以根据到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′准确确定终端设备的位置。
其中,到达时间差T Δ′满足:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000029
或者,
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000030
其中,TOF′为定位参考信号在第一设备和第三设备之间的飞行时间。
在该实现方式中,提供两种到达时间差的表现形式,通过这一到达时间差T Δ′可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第三设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为到达时间差T Δ′的双曲线上。
应理解,通过到达时间差T Δ和到达时间差T Δ′可以确定两个双曲线的交点即为终端设备的位置信息。
可选地,LMF还可以根据第二定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息得到第二设备和第三设备之间的时间差T Δ″。这三个时间差T Δ、T Δ′和T Δ″中的任意两个时间差,都可以用于定位。为了简洁,此处不再过多赘述。
综上所述,LMF可以根据第一定位测量信息、第二定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息,这三个定位测量信息进行三角定位,准确地确定出终端设备的位置。
在该实现方式中,第一设备广播两次SL定位参考信号PRS,接收一次PRS,终端设备广播一次SL PRS,第二设备接收三次PRS。通过第一设备和终端设备广播PRS,第一设备和第二设备记录并上报定位参考信号的发送和/或接收时间信息,融合了往返时间RTT和到达时间差TDOA的思想,从而能够得到终端设备发送的信号到达第一设备和第二设备之间的时间差,进而用于确定终端设备的位置。该实现方式在实现终端设备定位的同时,能够精简终端设备的开销和复杂度。
作为示例而非限定,本申请同样适用于终端设备广播两次SL定位参考信号PRS,第一设备广播一次SL PRS,接收两次PRS,第二设备接收三次PRS,具体实现步骤包括:
S460,终端设备向第一设备和第二设备广播第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号。
对应的,第一设备接收来自终端设备发送的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及第二设备接收来自终端设备发送的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号。
S470,第一设备向第二设备发送第二定位参考信号;对应的,第二设备接收来自第一设备发送的第二定位参考信号。
其中,第一设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第一时刻,第一设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第三时刻,第一设备发送第二定位参考信号的发送时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后。
其中,第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻,第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后。
可选地,第二定位参考信号是周期性发送的,第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号可以不是周期性发送的,本申请对此不作具体限定。其中,第二定位参考信号的发送时刻在发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号之间。
类似的,第一设备可以向终端设备或LMF发送第一定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第一定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。具体实现方式与上述方法400中步骤S431和步骤S432类似,为了简洁,这里不再过多赘述。
类似的,第二设备可以向终端设备或LMF发送第二定位测量信息,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。具体实现方式与上述方法400中步骤S441和步骤S442类似,为了简洁,这里不再过多赘述。
进一步地,终端设备或LMF可以根据第一设备和第二设备上报的定位测量信息对终端设备进行定位。具体实现方式与上述方法400中步骤S451和步骤S452类似,为了简洁,这里不再过多赘述。
需要说明的是,该实现方式中的第一时刻至第六时刻,以及第一时间间隔至第六时间间隔与方法400中的涉及的第一时刻至第六时刻,以及第一时间间隔至第六时间间隔虽然名称相同,但是具体的物理含义不同。
还需要说明的是,在该实现方式中,同样还可以包括第三设备,第三设备的具体实现方式与第二设备类似。为了简洁,这里不再过多赘述。
总之,通过到达时间差T Δ可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第二设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ的双曲线上,以及通过到达时间差T Δ′还可以确定终端设备位于以第一设备和第三设备为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ′的双曲线上,两个双曲线的交点即为终端设备的准确位置。即终端设备或LMF可以根据第一定位测量信息、第二定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息进行三角定位,确定终端设备的位置。
可选地,终端设备或LMF还可以根据第二定位测量信息和第三定位测量信息得到第二设备和第三设备之间的时间差T Δ″。T Δ、T Δ′和T Δ″中的任意两个时间差都可以用于定位。为了简洁,此处不再过多赘述。
在该实现方式中,第一设备广播一次SL定位参考信号PRS,接收两次PRS,终端设备广播两次SL PRS,第二设备接收三次PRS。通过第一设备和终端设备广播PRS,第一设备和第二设备记录并上报定位参考信号的发送和/或接收时间信息,融合了往返时间RTT和到达时间差TDOA的思想,从而能够得到终端设备发送的信号到达第一设备和第二设备之间的时间差,进而用于确定终端设备的位置。该实现方式在实现终端设备定位的同时,能够精简终端设备的开销和复杂度。
为便于理解本申请实施例,下面以锚点设备(例如,锚点设备#1、锚点设备#2)、终 端设备(例如,UE)、定位管理功能网元(例如,LMF)为例,对本申请提供的技术方案进行示例性说明。
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法500的一例示意图。在该实现方式中,锚点设备#1发送两次SL PRS,UE发送一次SL PRS,锚点设备#2接收三次PRS。如图5所示,具体实现步骤包括:
S510,锚点设备#1(serving Anchor)(即,第一设备的一例)向锚点设备#2(non_serving Anchor)(即,第二设备的一例)发送定位参考信号#1(即,第一定位参考信号的一例),并记录发送时间戳t ser,0(即,第一时刻t 10的一例);
对应的,锚点设备#2接收来自锚点设备#1的定位参考信号#1,并记录接收时间戳t non,0(即,第四时刻t 20的一例)。
示例性的,该定位参考信号#1可以通过广播的方式发送。即,锚点设备#1可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,锚点设备#2属于该地理区域。例如,锚点设备#1广播SL PRS信号;对应的,锚点设备#2接收该SL PRS信号。
应理解,使用serving Anchor和non_serving Anchor分别表示锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2仅是示例性说明,主要是体现两种锚点设备操作的区别,本申请并不限定其他指代方式。
S520,UE(即,终端设备的一例)分别向锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2发送定位参考信号#2(即,第二定位参考信号的一例);
对应的,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2分别接收来自UE的定位参考信号#2,并分别记录接收时间戳t ser,1(即,第二时刻t 11的一例)和t non,1(即,第五时刻t 21的一例)。
示例性的,该定位参考信号#2可以通过广播的方式发送。例如,UE广播SL PRS信号;对应的,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2分别接收该SL PRS信号。
S530,锚点设备#1向锚点设备#2发送定位参考信号#3(即,第三定位参考信号的一例),并记录发送时间戳t ser,2(即,第三时刻t 12的一例);
对应的,锚点设备#2接收来自锚点设备#1的定位参考信号#3,并记录接收时间戳t non,2(即,第六时刻t 22的一例)。
示例性的,该定位参考信号#1可以通过广播的方式发送。例如,锚点设备#1广播SL PRS信号;对应的,锚点设备#2接收该SL PRS信号。
需要说明的是,上述定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3可以是根据协议规定,在特定的时频资源上以特定的周期进行传输的。
示例性的,假设定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的周期是T,定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的首次发送时间戳分别为t1和t3,那么定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的第二次发送时间戳可以是t1+T和t3+T。依次类推,周期广播直至完成定位测量的流程。
在本申请技术方案中,定位参考信号#2可以不是周期发送的,定位参考信号#2的发送时刻是在相邻的定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3之间发送的。
示例性的,假设锚点设备#1发送定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的发送时刻分别是第1ns和第3ns,那么,基站可以指示UE在第1ns和第3ns之间发送定位参考信号#2,例如第2.5ns;或者,UE也可以不受基站控制,自主确定发送定位参考信号#2的时刻,本 申请对此不作具体限定。
一种可能的实现方式,锚点设备(即,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2)可以将定位测量信息上报给LMF,用于确定UE的位置。
在该实现方式中,LMF已知锚点设备的位置信息。
示例性的,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2可以是位置固定的设备,例如,路边单元RSU。或者,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2的也可以是位置变化的设备,其坐标信息可以通过系统测量或者设备主动上报进行获取,本申请对此不作具体限定。
S541,锚点设备#1向LMF(即,位置管理功能网元的一例)发送定位测量信息#1(即,第一定位测量信息的一例);
对应的,LMF接收来自锚点设备#1的定位测量信息#1。
其中,定位测量信息#1可以包括第一时刻t ser,0、第二时刻t ser,1和第三时刻t ser,2;或者,定位测量信息#1还可以包括第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2。其中,第一时间间隔是锚点设备#1发送定位参考信号#1和接收到定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是锚点设备#1接收到定位参考信号#2和发送定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2分别满足:
T 1=t ser,1-t ser,0  (10a)
T 2=t ser,2-t ser,1  (11a)
可选地,第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2还可以分别满足:
T 1=t ser,0-t ser,1  (10b)
T 2=t ser,1-t ser,2  (11b)
可选地,定位测量信息#1还可以包括第三时间间隔T 3。其中,第三时间间隔是锚点设备#1分别发送定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#1中可以包括第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
S542,锚点设备#2向LMF发送定位测量信息#2(即,第二定位测量信息的一例);
对应的,LMF接收来自锚点设备#2的定位测量信息#2。
其中,定位测量信息#2可以包括第四时刻t non,0、第五时刻t non,1和第六时刻t non,2;或者,定位测量信息#2还可以包括第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5。其中,第四时间间隔是锚点设备#2分别接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是锚点设备#2分别接收到定位参考信号#2和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5分别满足:
T 4=t non,1-t non,0  (12a)
T 5=t non,2-t non,1  (13a)
可选地,第四时间间隔T 4第五时间间隔T 5可以分别满足:
T 4=t non,0-t non,1  (12b)
T 5=t non,1-t non,2  (13b)
可选地,定位测量信息#2还可以包括第六时间间隔T 6。其中,第六时间间隔是锚点设备#2接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#2中可以包括第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第六时 间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
S543,LMF根据定位测量信息#1和定位测量信息#2确定UE的位置。
示例性的,通过上述公式(10)-(13),可以计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000031
其中,TOF表示定位参考信号在锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间。在该实现方式中,由于锚点设备的位置是已知的,因此TOF为已知量。
需要说明的是,在本申请技术方案中,当定位测量信息所指示的时间间隔(例如,T 1、T 2、T 4和T 5)为正数时,那么上述公式(14)还可以表示为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000032
基于此,可以认为UE位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ的双曲线上。
另一种可能的实现方式,如果不存在LMF,锚点设备也可以将定位测量信息上报给UE,用于确定UE的位置。与上述实现方式不同的是,UE对锚点设备的位置信息是未知的,因此,UE需要获取锚点设备的位置信息。
示例性的,锚点设备的位置信息可以是UE从锚点设备或LMF接收的,或者也可以是通过其他已知位置的锚点设备进行测量获取的,本申请对此不作具体限定。
S551,锚点设备#1向UE发送定位测量信息#3(即,第一定位测量信息的一例)和锚点设备#1的位置信息(即,第一设备的位置信息的一例);
对应的,UE接收来自锚点设备#1的定位测量信息#3和锚点设备#1的位置信息。
其中,定位测量信息#3可以包括第一时刻t ser,0、第二时刻t ser,1和第三时刻t ser,2;或者,定位测量信息#3还可以包括第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2。其中,第一时间间隔是锚点设备#1发送定位参考信号#1和接收到定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是锚点设备#1接收到定位参考信号#2和发送定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2分别满足:
T 1=t ser,1-t ser,0  (10a)
T 2=t ser,2-t ser,1  (11a)
可选地,第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2还可以分别满足:
T 1=t ser,0-t ser,1  (10b)
T 2=t ser,1-t ser,2  (11b)
可选地,定位测量信息#1还可以包括第三时间间隔T 3。其中,第三时间间隔是锚点设备#1分别发送定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#1中可以包括第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,锚点设备#1的位置信息可以是锚点设备#1的位置坐标信息,即锚点设备#1的物理地址。
S552,锚点设备#2向UE发送定位测量信息#4(即,第二定位测量信息的一例)和锚 点设备#2的位置信息(即,第二设备的位置信息的一例);
对应的,UE接收来自锚点设备#2的定位测量信息#4。
其中,定位测量信息#4可以包括第四时刻t non,0、第五时刻t non,1和第六时刻t non,2;或者,定位测量信息#4还可以包括第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5。其中,第四时间间隔是锚点设备#2分别接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是锚点设备#2分别接收到定位参考信号#2和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5分别满足:
T 4=t non,1-t non,0  (12a)
T 5=t non,2-t non,1  (13a)
可选地,第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5还可以分别满足:
T 4=t non,0-t non,1  (12b)
T 5=t non,1-t non,2  (13b)
可选地,定位测量信息#2还可以包括第六时间间隔T 6。其中,第六时间间隔是锚点设备#2分别接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#2中可以包括第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第六时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,锚点设备#2的位置信息可以是锚点设备#2的位置坐标信息,即锚点设备#2的物理地址。
S553,UE根据定位测量信息#3、锚点设备#1的位置信息、锚点设备#2的位置信息和定位测量信息#4确定UE的位置。
示例性的,通过上述公式(10)-(13),可以计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间差T Δ为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000033
其中,TOF表示定位参考信号在锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间。在该实现方式中,由于锚点设备的位置是已知的,因此TOF为已知量。
基于此,可以认为UE位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ的双曲线上。
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,non_serving Anchor的数量可以大于或等于2。即non_serving Anchor至少还包括锚点设备#3(即,第三设备的一例),该锚点设备#3和锚点设备#2的操作一致。具体实现方式参见图6所示的方法600。
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法600的一例示意图。在该实现方式中,锚点设备#1发送两次SL PRS,UE发送一次SL PRS,锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3均接收三次PRS。如图6所示,具体实现步骤包括:
需要说明的是,以下主要说明锚点设备#3的实现方式,涉及锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间,锚点设备#1和UE,以及锚点设备#2和UE之间的交互和其他实现方式与上述方法500类似,为了简洁,此处不再过多赘述。
S610,锚点设备#1向锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3发送定位参考信号#1。
对应的,锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3接收来自锚点设备#1的定位参考信号#1。
其中,锚点设备#3接收定位参考信号#1的时间戳为第七时刻t 30
S620,UE向锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3发送定位参考信号#2;
对应的,锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3接收来自UE的定位参考信号#2。
其中,锚点设备#3接收定位参考信号#1的时间戳为第八时刻t 31
S630,锚点设备#1向锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3发送定位参考信号#3;
对应的,锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3接收来自锚点设备#1的定位参考信号#3.
其中,锚点设备#3接收定位参考信号#3的时间戳为第九时刻t 32
需要说明的是,上述定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3可以是根据协议规定,在特定的时频资源上以特定的周期进行传输的。
示例性的,假设定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的周期是T,定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的首次发送时间戳分别为t1和t3,那么定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的第二次发送时间戳可以是t1+T和t3+T。依次类推,周期广播直至完成定位测量的流程。
在本申请技术方案中,定位参考信号#2可以不是周期发送的,定位参考信号#2的发送时刻是在定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3之间发送的。
示例性的,假设锚点设备#1发送定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的发送时刻分别是第1s和第3s,那么,基站可以指示UE在第1s和第3s之间发送定位参考信号#2,例如第2.5s;或者,UE也可以不受基站控制,自主确定发送定位参考信号#2的时刻,本申请对此不作具体限定。
步骤S641和S642的是实现方式与方法500中步骤S541和步骤S542完全相同,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。
S643,锚点设备#3向LMF发送定位测量信息#5;
对应的,LMF接收来自锚点设备#1的定位测量信息#5。
其中,定位测量信息#5用于确定UE的位置。
在该实现方式中,LMF已知锚点设备的位置信息。
示例性的,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2的可以是位置固定的设备,例如,路边单元RSU。或者,锚点设备#3的也可以是位置变化的设备,其坐标信息可以通过系统测量或者设备主动上报进行获取,本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,定位测量信息#5可以包括第七时刻t 30、第八时刻t 31和第九时刻t 32;或者,定位测量信息#5还可以包括第器时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8。其中,第七时间间隔是锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#2和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8分别满足:
T 7=t 31-t 30  (10a)
T 8=t 32-t 31  (11a)
可选地,第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8还可以分别满足:
T 7=t 30-t 31  (10b)
T 8=t 31-t 32  (11b)
可选地,定位测量信息#5还可以包括第九时间间隔T 9。其中,第九时间间隔是锚点 设备#3接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#5中可以包括第七时间间隔、第八时间间隔和第九时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
S644,LMF根据定位测量信息#1、定位测量信息#2和定位测量信息#5确定UE的位置。
示例性的,LMF计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000034
类似地,LMF计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#3之间的传输时间差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000035
其中,TOF表示定位参考信号在锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间,TOF′为定位参考信号在第一设备和第三设备之间的飞行时间。
在该实现方式中,由于锚点设备的位置是已知的,因此TOF和TOF′是已知量。
基于此,可以认为UE位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ的双曲线上。以及,可以认为UE同样位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#3为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ'的双曲线上。
最后,通过该两组双曲线的交点可以实现对UE位置的确定。
在该实现方式中,通过至少3个锚点设备之间的信号收发,以及锚点设备与UE之间的信号收发进行三角定位,能够实现对UE的准确定位。
步骤S651和S652的是实现方式与方法500中步骤S551和步骤S552完全相同,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。
S653,锚点设备#3向UE发送定位测量信息#6和锚点设备#3的位置信息;
对应的,UE接收来自锚点设备#3的定位测量信息#6和锚点设备#3的位置信息。
示例性的,定位测量信息#5可以包括第七时刻t 30、第八时刻t 31和第九时刻t 32;或者,定位测量信息#5还可以包括第器时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8。其中,第七时间间隔是锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#2和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8分别满足:
T 7=t 31-t 30  (38a)
T 8=t 32-t 31  (39a)
可选地,第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8还可以分别满足:
T 7=t 30-t 31  (38b)
T 8=t 31-t 32  (39b)
可选地,定位测量信息#6还可以包括第九时间间隔TT 9。其中,第九时间间隔是锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#6中可以包括第七时间间隔、第八时间间隔和第九时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,锚点设备#3的位置信息可以是锚点设备#3的位置坐标信息,即锚点设备 #3的物理地址。
S654,UE根据定位测量信息#3、定位测量信息#4和定位测量信息#6确定UE的位置。
示例性的,UE计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000036
类似地,UE计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#3之间的传输时间差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000037
其中,TOF表示定位参考信号在锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间,TOF′为定位参考信号在第一设备和第三设备之间的飞行时间。
在该实现方式中,由于锚点设备的位置是已知的,因此TOF ser_non和TOF′是已知量。
基于此,可以认为UE位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ的双曲线上,以及可以认为UE同样位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#3为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ'的双曲线上。
最后,通过该两组双曲线的交点可以实现对UE位置的确定。
可选地,还可以根据定位测量信息#2和定位测量信息#3得到锚设备#2和锚点设备#3之间的时间差T Δ″。这三个时间差T Δ、T Δ′和T Δ″中的任意两个时间差,都可以用于UE定位。为了简洁,此处不再过多赘述。
在该实现方式中,通过至少3个锚点设备之间的信号收发,以及锚点设备与UE之间的信号收发进行三角定位,能够实现对UE的准确定位。
图7是适用本申请的定位参考信号的飞行时间计算原理的一例示意图。如图7所示,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间进行两次定位参考信号PRS(定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3)的收发,UE分别与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间进行一次定位参考信号(定位参考信号#2)的收发。
其中,定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3分别在锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的飞行时间为TOF,即锚点设备#1发送定位参考信号#1(或定位参考信号#3)的时间和锚点设备#2接收定位参考信号#1(或定位参考信号#3)的时间之间的间隔为TOF。
锚点设备#1发送定位参考信号#1和接收定位参考信号#2的时间间隔为T 1,接收定位参考信号#2和发送定位参考信号#3的时间间隔为T 2。锚点设备#2接收定位参考信号#2和接收定位参考信号#3的时间间隔为T 5,接收定位参考信号#1和接收定位参考信号#2的时间间隔为T 4
下面以时间间隔均为正数为例,进行示例性说明:
具体地,可以得到以下两个等式:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000038
经过上述变换后可以推出:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000039
具体推导过程如下:
T 1·T 5=(TOF+T 4-T Δ)·(T 2+TOF-T Δ)  (16)
于是有:
T 1·T 5=(TOF-T Δ)·(T 2+TOF-T Δ)+T 4·(T 2+TOF-T Δ)  (17)
进一步可以得到:
T 1·T 5-T 2·T 4=(TOF-T Δ)·(T 2+TOF-T Δ)+T 4·(TOF-T Δ)  (18)
最终得到:
T 1·T 5-T 2·T 4=(TOF-T Δ)·(T 2+TOF-T Δ+T 4)  (19)
结合公式(15)和公式(19)可以得到:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000040
于是,经过上述变换后可以推出:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000041
或者,
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000042
或者,由于
T 1+T 2=T 4+T 5  (22)
因此,可以推出:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000043
上述提供了三种T Δ的计算方式,下面以种公式(14)为例进行分析误差。由于设备时钟晶振的存在,实际测量得到的传输时间差
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000044
为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000045
其中,e ser和e non分别为锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2的时钟晶振误差。
因此,时钟漂移引入测量值与真实值之间的误差Error Δ为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000046
由上可以看到,定位误差Error Δ不受响应时间的影响,只与T Δ、TOF、e ser有关,通常T Δ、TOF为纳秒量级,e ser为10 -6量级,因此Error Δ可以忽略不计。
根据本申请提供的方案,通过锚点设备之间、锚点设备和UE之间广播定位参考信号,使得信号交互次数减少为3次,降低整体信令开销以及计算复杂度。而且,该定位方案无需时钟同步,且时钟漂移对定位精度几乎无影响,即能够保证定位测距精度。
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法800的另一例示意图。与方法500不同之处在于,UE发送两次定位参考信号,锚点设备#1仅发送一次定位参考信号。即锚点设备#1的复杂度降低,而UE侧的复杂度提升。如图8所示,具体实现步骤包括:
S810,UE分别向锚点设备#1(即,第一设备的一例)和锚点设备#2(即,第二设备的一例)发送定位参考信号#1(即,第一定位参考信号的一例);
对应的,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2分别接收来自UE的定位参考信号#1,并分别记录接收时间戳t ser,0(即,第一时刻t 10的一例)和t non,0(即,第四时刻t 20的一例)。
示例性的,该定位参考信号#1可以通过广播的方式发送。例如,UE广播SL PRS信号;对应的,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2分别接收该SL PRS信号。
S820,锚点设备#1向锚点设备#2发送定位参考信号#2(即,第二定位参考信号的一例),并记录发送时间戳t ser,1(即,第二时刻t 11的一例);
对应的,锚点设备#2接收来自锚点设备#1的定位参考信号#2,并记录接收时间戳t non,1(即,第五时刻t 21的一例)。
示例性的,该定位参考信号#2可以通过广播的方式发送。即,锚点设备#1可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,锚点设备#2属于该地理区域。例如,锚点设备#1广播SL PRS信号;对应的,锚点设备#2接收该SL PRS信号。
S830,UE(即,终端设备的一例)分别向锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2发送定位参考信号#3(即,第三定位参考信号的一例);
对应的,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2分别接收来自UE的定位参考信号#3,并分别记录接收时间戳t ser,2(即,第三时刻t 12的一例)和t non,2(即,第六时刻t 22的一例)。
示例性的,该定位参考信号#3可以通过广播的方式发送。例如,UE广播SL PRS信号;对应的,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2分别接收该SL PRS信号。
需要说明的是,上述定位参考信号#1、定位参考信号#2和定位参考信号#3可以是根据协议规定,在特定的时频资源上以特定的周期进行传输的。
示例性的,假设定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的周期是T,定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的首次发送时间戳分别为t1和t3,那么定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的第二次发送时间戳可以是t1+T和t3+T。依次类推,周期广播直至完成定位测量的流程。
在该实现方式中,定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3可以不是周期发送的,定位参考信号#2可以是周期性发送的,且定位参考信号#2的发送时刻是在相邻的定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3之间发送的。
示例性的,假设锚点设备#1发送定位参考信号#2的发送时刻是第2ns;那么,基站可以指示UE在第2ns之前发送定位参考信号#1,例如第1.5ns,以及指示UE在第2ns之后发送定位参考信号#3,例如第2.6ns。或者,UE1也可以不受基站控制,自主确定发送定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#2的时刻,本申请对此不作具体限定。
一种可能的实现方式,锚点设备(即,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2)可以将定位测量信息上报给LMF,用于确定UE的位置。在该实现方式中,LMF已知锚点设备的位置信息。
示例性的,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2的坐标信息可以是固定的,例如,路边单元RSU。或者,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2的坐标信息也可以是移动的,通过系统测量或者设备主动上报可以获取,本申请对此不作具体限定。
S841,锚点设备#1向LMF(即,位置管理功能网元的一例)发送定位测量信息#1(即,第一定位测量信息的一例);
对应的,LMF接收来自锚点设备#1的定位测量信息#1。
其中,定位测量信息#1可以包括第一时刻t ser,0、第二时刻t ser,1和第三时刻t ser,2;或者,定位测量信息#1还可以包括第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2。其中,第一时间间隔是锚点设备#1接收到定位参考信号#1和发送定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是锚点设备#1发送定位参考信号#2和接收到定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2分别满足:
T 1=t ser,1-t ser,0  (10a)
T 2=t ser,2-t ser,1  (11a)
可选地,第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2还可以分别满足:
T 1=t ser,0-t ser,1  (10b)
T 2=t ser,1-t ser,2  (11b)
可选地,定位测量信息#1还可以包括第三时间间隔T 3。其中,第三时间间隔是根据锚点设备#1分别接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#1中可以包括第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
S842,锚点设备#2向LMF发送定位测量信息#2;
对应的,LMF接收来自锚点设备#2的定位测量信息#2。
其中,定位测量信息#2可以包括第四时刻t non,0、第五时刻t non,1和第六时刻t non,2;或者,定位测量信息#2还可以包括第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5。其中,第四时间间隔是锚点设备#2接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是锚点设备#2接收到定位参考信号#2和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5分别满足:
T 4=t non,1-t non,0  (12a)
T 5=t non,2-t non,1  (13a)
可选地,第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5还可以分别满足:
T 4=t non,0-t non,1  (12b)
T 5=t non,1-t non,2  (13b)
可选地,定位测量信息#2还可以包括第六时间间隔T 6。其中,第六时间间隔是锚点设备#2接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#2中可以包括第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第六时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
S843,LMF根据定位测量信息#1和定位测量信息#2确定UE的位置。
示例性的,通过上述公式(10)-(13),可以计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000047
其中,TOF表示定位参考信号在锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间。
在该实现方式中,由于锚点设备的位置是已知的,因此TOF为已知量。
基于此,可以认为UE位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ的双曲线上。
另一种可能的实现方式,如果不存在LMF,锚点设备也可以将定位测量信息上报给UE,用于确定UE的位置。与上述实现方式不同的是,UE对锚点设备的位置信息是未知的,因此,UE需要获取锚点设备的位置信息。
示例性的,锚点设备的位置信息可以是UE从锚点设备或LMF接收的,或者也可以是通过其他已知位置的锚点设备进行测量获取的,本申请对此不作具体限定。
S851,锚点设备#1向UE发送定位测量信息#3(即,第一定位测量信息的一例)和锚点设备#1的位置信息(即,第一设备的位置信息的一例);
对应的,UE接收来自锚点设备#1的定位测量信息#3和锚点设备#1的位置信息。
其中,定位测量信息#3可以包括第一时刻t ser,0、第二时刻t ser,1和第三时刻t ser,2;或者,定位测量信息#3还可以包括第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2。其中,第一时间间隔是锚点设备#1接收到定位参考信号#1和发送定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是锚点设备#1发送定位参考信号#2和接收到定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2分别满足:
T 1=t ser,1-t ser,0  (10a)
T 2=t ser,2-t ser,1  (11a)
可选地,第一时间间隔T 1和第二时间间隔T 2还可以分别满足:
T 1=t ser,0-t ser,1  (10b)
T 2=t ser,1-t ser,2  (11b)
可选地,定位测量信息#1还可以包括第三时间间隔T 3。其中,第三时间间隔是锚点设备#1接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#1中可以包括第一时间间隔、第二时间间隔和第三时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,锚点设备#1的位置信息可以是锚点设备#1的位置坐标信息,即锚点设备#1的物理地址。
S852,锚点设备#2向UE发送定位测量信息#4(即,第二定位测量信息的一例)和锚点设备#2的位置信息(即,第二设备的位置信息的一例);
对应的,UE接收来自锚点设备#2的定位测量信息#4。
其中,定位测量信息#4可以包括第四时刻t non,0、第五时刻t non,1和第六时刻t non,2;或者,定位测量信息#4还可以包括第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5。其中,第四时间间隔是锚点设备#2接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第五时间间隔锚点设备#2接收到定位参考信号#2和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5分别满足:
T 4=t non,1-t non,0  (12a)
T 5=t non,2-t non,1  (13a)
可选地,第四时间间隔T 4和第五时间间隔T 5还可以分别满足:
T 4=t non,0-t non,1  (12b)
T 5=t non,1-t non,2  (13b)
可选地,定位测量信息#2还可以包括第六时间间隔T 6。其中,第六时间间隔是根据锚点设备#2接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时刻确定的。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#2中可以包括第四时间间隔、第五时间间隔和第六时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,锚点设备#2的位置信息可以是锚点设备#2的位置坐标信息,即锚点设备#2的物理地址。
S853,UE根据定位测量信息#3、锚点设备#1的位置信息、锚点设备#2的位置信息和定位测量信息#4确定UE的位置。
示例性的,通过上述公式(10)-(13),可以计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间差T Δ为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000048
其中,TOF表示定位参考信号在锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间。
在该实现方式中,由于锚点设备的位置是已知的,因此TOF为已知量。
基于此,可以认为UE位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ的双曲线上。
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,non_serving Anchor的数量可以大于或等于2。即non_serving Anchor至少还包括锚点设备#3(即,第三设备的一例),该锚点设备#3和锚点设备#2的操作一致。具体实现方式参见图9所示的方法900。
图9是本申请实施例提供的一种定位方法900的一例示意图。在该实现方式中,锚点设备#1发送一次SL PRS,UE发送两次SL PRS,锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3均接收三次PRS。如图9所示,具体实现步骤包括:
需要说明的是,以下主要说明锚点设备#3的实现方式,涉及锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间,锚点设备#1和UE,以及锚点设备#2和UE之间的交互和其他实现方式与上述方法500类似,为了简洁,此处不再过多赘述。
S910,UE向锚点设备#1、锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3发送定位参考信号#1。
对应的,锚点设备#1、锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3接收来自UE的定位参考信号#1。
其中,锚点设备#3接收定位参考信号#1的时间戳为第七时刻t 30
S920,锚点设备#1向锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3发送定位参考信号#2;
对应的,锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3接收来自锚点设备#1的定位参考信号#2。
其中,锚点设备#3接收定位参考信号#1的时间戳为第八时刻t 31
S930,UE向锚点设备#1、锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3发送定位参考信号#3;
对应的,锚点设备#1、锚点设备#2和锚点设备#3接收来自UE的定位参考信号#3。
其中,锚点设备#3接收定位参考信号#3的时间戳为第九时刻t 32
步骤S941和S942的是实现方式与方法800中步骤S841和步骤S842完全相同,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。
S943,锚点设备#3向LMF发送定位测量信息#5;
对应的,LMF接收来自锚点设备#1的定位测量信息#5。
其中,定位测量信息#5用于确定UE的位置。
在该实现方式中,LMF已知锚点设备的位置信息。
示例性的,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2的坐标信息可以是固定的,例如,路边单元RSU。 或者,锚点设备#3的坐标信息也可以是移动的,通过系统测量或者设备主动上报可以获取,本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,定位测量信息#5可以包括第七时刻t 30、第八时刻t 31和第九时刻t 32;或者,定位测量信息#5还可以包括第器时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8。其中,第七时间间隔是锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#2和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8分别满足:
T 7=t 31-t 30  (10a)
T 8=t 32-t 31  (11a)
可选地,第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8还可以分别满足:
T 7=t 30-t 31  (10b)
T 8=t 31-t 32  (11b)
可选地,定位测量信息#5还可以包括第九时间间隔T 9。其中,第九时间间隔是锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#5中可以包括第七时间间隔、第八时间间隔和第九时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
S944,LMF根据定位测量信息#1、定位测量信息#2和定位测量信息#5确定UE的位置。
示例性的,LMF计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000049
类似地,LMF计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#3之间的传输时间差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000050
其中,TOF表示定位参考信号在锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间,TOF′为定位参考信号在第一设备和第三设备之间的飞行时间。
在该实现方式中,由于锚点设备的位置是已知的,因此TOF和TOF′是已知量。
基于此,可以认为UE位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ的双曲线上。以及,可以认为UE同样位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#3为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ'的双曲线上。
最后,通过该两组双曲线的交点可以实现对UE位置的确定。
在该实现方式中,通过至少3个锚点设备之间的信号收发,以及锚点设备与UE之间的信号收发进行三角定位,能够实现对UE的准确定位。
步骤S951和S952的是实现方式与方法800中步骤S851和步骤S852完全相同,为了简洁,此处不再赘述。
S953,锚点设备#3向UE发送定位测量信息#6和锚点设备#3的位置信息;
对应的,UE接收来自锚点设备#3的定位测量信息#6和锚点设备#3的位置信息。
示例性的,定位测量信息#5可以包括第七时刻t 30、第八时刻t 31和第九时刻t 32;或者,定位测量信息#5还可以包括第器时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8。其中,第七时间间隔是 锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#2的时间间隔,第八时间间隔是锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#2和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
示例性的,第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8分别满足:
T 7=t 31-t 30  (38a)
T 8=t 32-t 31  (39a)
可选地,第七时间间隔T 7和第八时间间隔T 8还可以分别满足:
T 7=t 30-t 31  (38b)
T 8=t 31-t 32  (39b)
可选地,定位测量信息#6还可以包括第九时间间隔T 9。其中,第九时间间隔是锚点设备#3接收到定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3的时间间隔。
需要说明的是,定位测量信息#6中可以包括第七时间间隔、第八时间间隔和第九时间间隔中的至少两个。本申请对此不作具体限定。
示例性的,锚点设备#3的位置信息可以是锚点设备#3的位置坐标信息,即锚点设备#3的物理地址。
S954,UE根据定位测量信息#3、定位测量信息#4和定位测量信息#6确定UE的位置。
示例性的,UE计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000051
类似地,UE计算出UE与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#3之间的传输时间差为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000052
其中,TOF表示定位参考信号在锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间的传输时间,TOF′为定位参考信号在第一设备和第三设备之间的飞行时间。
在该实现方式中,由于锚点设备的位置是已知的,因此TOF和TOF′是已知量。
基于此,可以认为UE位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ的双曲线上,以及可以认为UE同样位于以锚点设备#1和锚点设备#3为焦点、与该两个焦点的距离之差恒为T Δ'的双曲线上。
最后,通过该两组双曲线的交点可以实现对UE位置的确定。
可选地,还可以根据定位测量信息#2和定位测量信息#3得到锚设备#2和锚点设备#3之间的时间差T Δ″。这三个时间差T Δ、T Δ′和T Δ″中的任意两个时间差,都可以用于UE定位。为了简洁,此处不再过多赘述。
在该实现方式中,通过至少3个锚点设备之间的信号收发,以及锚点设备与UE之间的信号收发,能够实现UE的准确定位。
图10是适用本申请的定位参考信号的飞行时间计算原理的另一例示意图。如图10所示,锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间进行一次定位参考信号PRS(即,定位参考信号#2)的收发,UE分别与锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2之间进行两次定位参考信号(即,定位参考信号#1和定位参考信号#3)的收发。
其中,锚点设备#1接收定位参考信号#1与发送定位参考信号#2之间的时间间隔为T 1,发送定位参考信号#2与接收定位参考信号#3之间的时间间隔为T 2,锚点设备#2接收定位 参考信号#1和定位参考信号#2之间的时间间隔为T 4,接收定位参考信号#2和定位参考信号#3之间的时间间隔为T 5
下面以时间间隔均为正数为例,进行示例性说明:
具体地,可以得到以下两个等式:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000053
经过上述变换后可以推出:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000054
具体推导过程如下:
T 4·T 2=(TOF+T 1-T Δ)·(T 5+TOF-T Δ)  (29)
于是有:
T 4·T 2=(TOF-T Δ)·(T 5+TOF-T Δ)+T 1·(T 5+TOF-T Δ)  (30)
进一步可以得到:
T 4·T 2-T 1·T 5=·(T 5+TOF-T Δ)+T 1·(TOF-T Δ)  (31)
最终得到:
T 4·T 2-T 1·T 5=(TOF-T Δ)·(T 5+TOF-T Δ+T 1)  (32)
结合公式(27)和公式(32)可以得到:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000055
于是,经过上述变换后可以推出:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000056
或者,
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000057
或者,由于
T 1+T 2=T 4+T 5  (22)
因此,可以推出:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000058
上述提供了三种T Δ的计算方式,下面以公式(28)为例进行分析误差。由于设备时钟晶振的存在,实际测量得到的传输时间差
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000059
为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000060
其中,e ser和e non分别为锚点设备#1和锚点设备#2的时钟晶振误差。
因此,时钟漂移引入测量值与真实值之间的误差Error Δ为:
Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-000061
由上可以看到,定位误差Error Δ不受响应时间的影响,只与T Δ、TOF、e ser有关,通常T Δ、TOF为纳秒量级,e ser为10 -6量级,因此Error Δ可以忽略不计。
根据本申请提供的方案,通过锚点设备之间、锚点设备和UE之间广播定位参考信号,使得信号交互次数减少为3次,降低整体信令开销以及计算复杂度。而且,该定位方案无需时钟同步,且时钟漂移对定位精度几乎无影响,即能够保证定位测距精度。
以上,结合图4至图10详细说明了本申请实施例提供的定位方法。以下,结合图11和图12详细说明本申请实施例提供的定位装置。应理解,定位装置的实施例的描述与定位方法实施例的描述相互对应,因此,未详细描述的部分可以参见前面方法实施例。
图11是本申请实施例提供的定位装置的示意性框图。如图11所示,该通信装置1000可以包括处理单元1100和收发单元1200。
可选地,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的第一设备(例如,锚点设备#1),或者配置于第一设备中的部件(如电路、芯片或芯片系统等)。
应理解,该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400、方法500、方法600、方法800和方法900中的第一设备(例如,锚点设备#1),该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行上述方法中第一设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现上述方法的相应流程。
示例性的,收发单元1200,用于第一设备向第二设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的发送时刻为第一时刻,第三定位参考信号的发送时刻为第三时刻,第一时刻在第三时刻之前;
收发单元1200,还用于第一设备接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后;
收发单元1200,还用于第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第一定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
还应理解,该通信装置1000为第一设备时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信装置2000中的收发器2020,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信装置2000中的处理器2010。
还应理解,该通信装置1000为配置于第一设备中的芯片或芯片系统时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口、电路等实现,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可以通过该芯片或芯片系统上集成的处理器、微处理器或集成电路等实现。
可选地,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的第二设备(例如,锚点设备#2),或者配置于第一设备中的部件(如电路、芯片或芯片系统等)。
应理解,该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400、方法500、方法600、方法800和方法900中的第二设备(例如,锚点设备#2),该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行上述方法中第二设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现上述方法的相应流程。
示例性的,收发单元1200,用于第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻、第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,第五时刻在第四时刻之后,且第五时刻在第六时刻之前;
收发单元1200,还用于第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于确定终端设备的位置。
还应理解,该通信装置1000为第二设备时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信装置2000中的收发器2020,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信装置2000中的处理器2010。
还应理解,该通信装置1000为配置于第二设备中的芯片或芯片系统时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口、电路等实现,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可以通过该芯片或芯片系统上集成的处理器、微处理器或集成电路等实现。
可选地,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的终端设备(例如,UE),或者配置于终端设备中的部件(如电路、芯片或芯片系统等)。
应理解,该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400、方法500、方法600、方法800和方法900中的终端设备(例如,UE),该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行上述方法中终端设备执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现上述方法的相应流程。
示例性的,收发单元1200,用于终端设备向多个设备发送第二定位参考信号,多个设备包括第一设备和第二设备,其中,第一设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第二时刻,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后,第一时刻为第一设备发送第一定位参考信号的发送时刻,第三时刻为第一设备发送第三定位参考信号的发送时刻,其中,第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后,第四时刻为第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,第六时刻为第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻。
收发单元1200,还用于终端设备接收第一设备的位置信息和来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收第二设备的位置信息和来自第二设备的第二定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,其中,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔;
处理单元1100,用于终端设备根据第一定位测量信息、第一设备的位置信息、第二定位测量信息和第二设备的位置信息确定终端设备的位置。
还应理解,该通信装置1000为终端设备时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信装置2000中的收发器2020,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出 的通信装置2000中的处理器2010。
还应理解,该通信装置1000为配置于终端设备中的芯片或芯片系统时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口、电路等实现,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可以通过该芯片或芯片系统上集成的处理器、微处理器或集成电路等实现。
可选地,该通信装置1000可对应于上文方法实施例中的位置管理功能网元(例如,LMF),或者配置于位置管理功能网元中的部件(如电路、芯片或芯片系统等)。
应理解,该通信装置1000可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400、方法500、方法600、方法800和方法900中的位置管理功能(例如,LMF)网元,该通信装置1000可以包括用于执行上述方法中位置管理功能网元执行的方法的单元。并且,该通信装置1000中的各单元和上述其它操作和/或功能分别为了实现上述方法的相应流程。
示例性的,收发单元1200,用于定位管理功能网元接收来自第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收来自第二设备的第二定位测量信息,第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,第一时间间隔是第一时刻和第二时刻之间的时间间隔,第二时间间隔是第二时刻和第三时刻之间的时间间隔,第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,第四时间间隔是第四时刻和第五时刻之间的时间间隔,第五时间间隔是第五时刻和第六时刻之间的时间间隔,其中,第一时刻为第一设备发送第一定位参考信号的发送时刻,第二时刻为第一设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻,第三时刻为第一设备发送发送第三定位参考信号的发送时刻,第四时刻为第二设备接收第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,第五时刻为第二设备接收第二定位参考信号的接收时刻,第六时刻为第二设备接收第三定位参考信号的接收时刻,其中,第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且第二时刻在第一时刻之后,第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且第五时刻在第四时刻之后;
处理单元1100,用于定位管理功能网元根据第一定位测量信息和第二定位测量信息确定终端设备的位置。
还应理解,该通信装置1000为位置管理功能网元时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过收发器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信装置2000中的收发器2020,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可通过至少一个处理器实现,例如可对应于图12中示出的通信装置2000中的处理器2010。
还应理解,该通信装置1000为配置于位置管理功能网元中的芯片或芯片系统时,该通信装置1000中的收发单元1200可以通过输入/输出接口、电路等实现,该通信装置1000中的处理单元1100可以通过该芯片或芯片系统上集成的处理器、微处理器或集成电路等实现。
图12是本申请实施例提供的通信装置2000的另一示意性框图。如图12所示,该通信装置2000包括处理器2010、收发器2020和存储器2030。其中,处理器2010、收发器2020和存储器2030通过内部连接通路互相通信,该存储器2030用于存储指令,该处理器2010用于执行该存储器2030存储的指令,以控制该收发器2020发送信号和/或接收信号。
应理解,该通信装置2000可以对应于上述方法实施例中的网络设备或终端设备,并且可以用于执行上述方法实施例中网络设备或终端设备执行的各个步骤和/或流程。可选地,该存储器2030可以包括只读存储器和随机存取存储器,并向处理器提供指令和数据。 存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。存储器2030可以是一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器2010中。该处理器2010可以用于执行存储器2030中存储的指令,并且当该处理器2010执行存储器中存储的指令时,该处理器2010用于执行上述与网络设备或终端设备对应的方法实施例的各个步骤和/或流程。
可选地,该通信装置2000是前文实施例中的第一设备(例如,锚点设备#1)。
可选地,该通信装置2000是前文实施例中的第二设备(例如,锚点设备#2)。
可选地,该通信装置2000是前文实施例中的终端设备。
可选地,该通信装置2000是前文实施例中的位置管理功能网元。
其中,收发器2020可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器2020还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。该处理器2010和存储器2030与收发器2020可以是集成在不同芯片上的器件。如,处理器2010和存储器2030可以集成在基带芯片中,收发器2020可以集成在射频芯片中。该处理器2010和存储器2030与收发器2020也可以是集成在同一个芯片上的器件。本申请对此不作限定。
可选地,该无线通信装置2000是配置在第一设备(例如,锚点设备#1)中的部件,如电路、芯片、芯片系统等。
可选地,该无线通信装置2000是配置在第二设备(例如,锚点设备#2)中的部件,如电路、芯片、芯片系统等。
可选地,该无线通信装置2000是配置在终端设备中的部件,如电路、芯片、芯片系统等。
可选地,该无线通信装置2000是配置在位置管理功能网元设备中的部件,如电路、芯片、芯片系统等。
其中,收发器2020也可以是通信接口,如输入/输出接口、电路等。该收发器2020与处理器2010和存储器2020都可以集成在同一个芯片中,如集成在基带芯片中。
应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其它通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。通用处理器可以是微处理器,也可以是任何常规的处理器等。
还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系 统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。
本申请的实施例中的方法步骤可以通过硬件的方式来实现,也可以由处理器执行软件指令的方式来实现。软件指令可以由相应的软件模块组成,软件模块可以被存放于随机存取存储器、闪存、只读存储器、可编程只读存储器、可擦除可编程只读存储器、电可擦除可编程只读存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动硬盘、CD-ROM或者本领域熟知的任何其它形式的存储介质中。一种示例性的存储介质耦合至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然,存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。另外,该ASIC可以位于网络设备或终端设备中。当然,处理器和存储介质也可以作为分立组件存在于网络设备或终端设备中。
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序或指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序或指令时,全部或部分地执行本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、网络设备、用户设备或者其它可编程装置。所述计算机程序或指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序或指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线或无线方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是集成一个或多个可用介质的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带;也可以是光介质,例如,数字视频光盘;还可以是半导体介质,例如,固态硬盘。该计算机可读存储介质可以是易失性或非易失性存储介质,或可包括易失性和非易失性两种类型的存储介质。
应理解,在上文各实施例中,各个实施例可以为独立的方案,也可以根据内在逻辑进行组合,这些方案都落入本申请的保护范围中。终端设备和/或网络设备可以执行各实施例中的部分或全部步骤。这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请还可以执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。此外,各个步骤可以按照各实施例呈现的不同的顺序来执行,并且有可能并非要执行本申请实施例中的全部操作。
可以理解的是,在本申请的实施例中涉及的各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请的实施例的范围。上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
在本说明书中使用的术语“部件”、“模块”、“系统”等用于表示计算机相关的实体、硬件、固件、硬件和软件的组合、软件、或执行中的软件。例如,部件可以是但不限于,在处理器上运行的进程、处理器、对象、可执行文件、执行线程、程序和/或计算机。通过图示,在计算设备上运行的应用和计算设备都可以是部件。一个或多个部件可驻留在进程和/或执行线程中,部件可位于一个计算机上和/或分布在2个或更多计算机之间。此外,这些部件可从在上面存储有各种数据结构的各种计算机可读介质执行。部件可例如根据具有一个或多个数据分组(例如来自与本地系统、分布式系统和/或网络间的另一部件交互的两个部件的数据,例如通过信号与其它系统交互的互联网)的信号通过本地和/或 远程进程来通信。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM)、随机存取存储器(RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (27)

  1. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第一设备发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,其中,所述第一定位参考信号的发送时刻为第一时刻,所述第三定位参考信号的发送时刻为第三时刻,所述第一时刻在所述第三时刻之前;
    所述第一设备接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,其中,所述第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第二时刻,所述第二时刻在所述第三时刻之前,且所述第二时刻在所述第一时刻之后;
    所述第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,所述第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔是所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔是所述第二时刻和所述第三时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第一定位测量信息用于确定所述终端设备的位置。
  2. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第一设备接收来自终端设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,其中,所述第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第一时刻,所述第三参考信号的接收时刻为第三时刻,所述第一时刻在所述第三时刻之前;
    所述第一设备发送第二定位参考信号,其中,所述第二定位参考信号的发送时刻为第二时刻,所述第二时刻在所述第三时刻之前,且所述第二时刻在所述第一时刻之后;
    所述第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,所述第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,所述第一时间间隔是所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔是所述第二时刻和所述第三时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第一定位测量信息用于确定所述终端设备的位置。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位测量信息包括所述第一时刻、所述第二时刻和所述第三时刻。
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:所述第一时间间隔、所述第二时间间隔或第三时间间隔,所述第三时间间隔是所述第一时刻和所述第三时刻之间的时间间隔。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一设备发送第一定位测量信息,包括:
    所述第一设备向位置管理功能LMF网元发送所述第一定位测量信息;或者,
    所述第一设备向所述终端设备发送所述第一定位测量信息。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一时间间隔T 1满足:
    T 1=t 11-t 10
    所述第二时间间隔T 2满足:
    T 2=t 12-t 11
    所述第三时间间隔T 3满足:
    T 3=t 12-t 10
    或者,
    所述第一时间间隔T 1满足:
    T 1=t 10-t 11
    所述第二时间间隔T 2满足:
    T 2=t 11-t 12
    所述第三时间间隔T 3满足:
    T 3=t 10-t 12
    其中,t 10为所述第一时刻,t 11为所述第二时刻,t 12为所述第三时刻。
  7. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第二设备接收来自第一设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自终端设备的第二定位参考信号,
    其中,所述第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻、所述第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,所述第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,所述第五时刻在所述第四时刻之后,且所述第五时刻在所述第六时刻之前;
    所述第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,所述第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,所述第四时间间隔是所述第四时刻和所述第五时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第五时间间隔是所述第五时刻和所述第六时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第二定位测量信息用于确定所述终端设备的位置。
  8. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,包括:
    第二设备接收来自终端设备的第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,以及接收来自第一设备的第二定位参考信号,
    其中,所述第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻、所述第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,所述第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,所述第五时刻在所述第四时刻之后,且所述第五时刻在所述第六时刻之前;
    所述第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,所述第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,所述第四时间间隔是所述第四时刻和所述第五时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第五时间间隔是所述第五时刻和所述第六时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第二定位测量信息用于确定所述终端设备的位置。
  9. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二定位测量信息包括所述第四时刻、所述第五时刻和所述第六时刻。
  10. 根据权利要求7或8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:所述第四时间间隔、所述第五时间间隔或第六时间间隔,所述第六时间间隔是所述第四时刻和所述第六时刻之间的时间间隔。
  11. 根据权利要求7至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二设备发送第二定位测量信息,包括:
    所述第二设备向位置管理功能LMF网元发送所述第二定位测量信息;或者,
    所述第二设备向所述终端设备发送所述第二定位测量信息。
  12. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第四时间间隔T 4满足:
    T 4=t 21-t 20
    所述第五时间间隔T 5满足:
    T 5=t 22-t 21
    所述第六时间间隔T 6满足:
    T 6=t 22-t 20
    或者,
    所述第四时间间隔T 4满足:
    T 4=t 20-t 21
    所述第五时间间隔T 5满足:
    T 5=t 21-t 22
    所述第六时间间隔T 6满足:
    T 6=t 20-t 22
    其中,t 20为所述第四时刻,t 21为所述第五时刻,t 22为所述第六时刻。
  13. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,包括:
    终端设备向多个设备发送第二定位参考信号,所述多个设备包括第一设备和第二设备,
    其中,所述第一设备接收所述第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第二时刻,所述第二时刻在第三时刻之前,且所述第二时刻在第一时刻之后,所述第一时刻为所述第一设备发送第一定位参考信号的发送时刻,所述第三时刻为所述第一设备发送第三定位参考信号的发送时刻,
    其中,所述第二设备接收所述第二定位参考信号的接收时刻为第五时刻,所述第五时刻在第六时刻之前,且所述第五时刻在第四时刻之后,所述第四时刻为所述第二设备接收所述第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,所述第六时刻为所述第二设备接收所述第三定位参考信号的接收时刻;
    所述终端设备接收所述第一设备的位置信息和来自所述第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收所述第二设备的位置信息和来自所述第二设备的第二定位测量信息,所述第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,所述第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,
    其中,所述第一时间间隔是所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔是所述第二时刻和所述第三时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第四时间间隔是所述第四时刻和所述第五时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第五时间间隔是所述第五时刻和所述第六时刻之间的时间间隔;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一定位测量信息、所述第一设备的位置信息、所述第二定位测量信息和所述第二设备的位置信息确定所述终端设备的位置。
  14. 一种定位方法,其特征在于,包括:
    终端设备向多个设备分别发送第一定位参考信号和第三定位参考信号,所述多个设备包括第一设备和第二设备,
    其中,所述第一设备接收所述第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第一时刻,所述第一设备接收所述第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第三时刻,第二时刻在所述第三时刻之前,且 所述第二时刻在所述第一时刻之后,所述第二时刻为所述第一设备发送第二定位参考信号的发送时刻,
    其中,所述第二设备接收所述第一定位参考信号的接收时刻为第四时刻,所述第二设备接收所述第三定位参考信号的接收时刻为第六时刻,第五时刻在所述第六时刻之前,且所述第五时刻在所述第四时刻之后,所述第五时刻为所述第二设备接收所述第二定位参考信号的接收时刻;
    所述终端设备接收所述第一设备的位置信息和来自所述第一设备的第一定位测量信息,以及接收所述第二设备的位置信息和来自所述第二设备的第二定位测量信息,所述第一定位测量信息用于指示第一时间间隔和第二时间间隔,所述第二定位测量信息用于指示第四时间间隔和第五时间间隔,
    其中,所述第一时间间隔是所述第一时刻和所述第二时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第二时间间隔是所述第二时刻和所述第三时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第四时间间隔是所述第四时刻和所述第五时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第五时间间隔是所述第五时刻和所述第六时刻之间的时间间隔;
    所述终端设备根据所述第一定位测量信息、所述第一设备的位置信息、所述第二定位测量信息和所述第二设备的位置信息确定所述终端设备的位置。
  15. 根据权利要求13或14所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一定位测量信息包括所述第一时刻、所述第二时刻和所述第三时刻;或者,
    所述第一定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:所述第一时间间隔、所述第二时间间隔或第三时间间隔,所述第三时间间隔是所述第一时刻和所述第三时刻之间的时间间隔。
  16. 根据权利要求13至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第二定位测量信息包括所述第四时刻、所述第五时刻和所述第六时刻;或者,
    所述第二定位测量信息包括以下至少两项:所述第四时间间隔、所述第五时间间隔或第六时间间隔,所述第六时间间隔是所述第四时刻和所述第六时刻之间的时间间隔。
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第一时间间隔T 1满足:
    T 1=t 11-t 10
    所述第二时间间隔T 2满足:
    T 2=t 12-t 11
    所述第三时间间隔T 3满足:
    T 3=t 12-t 10
    或者,
    所述第一时间间隔T 1满足:
    T 1=t 10-t 11
    所述第二时间间隔T 2满足:
    T 2=t 11-t 12
    所述第三时间间隔T 3满足:
    T 3=t 10-t 12
    其中,t 10为所述第一时刻,t 11为所述第二时刻,t 12为所述第三时刻。
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述第四时间间隔T 4满足:
    T 4=t 21-t 20
    所述第五时间间隔T 5满足:
    T 5=t 22-t 21
    所述第六时间间隔T 6满足:
    T 6=t 22-t 20
    或者,
    所述第四时间间隔T 4满足:
    T 4=t 20-t 21
    所述第五时间间隔T 5满足:
    T 5=t 21-t 22
    所述第六时间间隔T 6满足:
    T 6=t 20-t 22
    其中,t 20为所述第四时刻,t 21为所述第五时刻,t 22为所述第六时刻。
  19. 根据权利要求13至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,
    所述终端设备根据所述第一定位测量信息、所述第一设备的位置信息、所述第二定位测量信息和所述第二设备的位置信息确定所述终端设备的位置,包括:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一定位测量信息、所述第一设备的位置信息、所述第二设备的位置信息和所述第二定位测量信息确定所述终端设备发送的定位参考信号到达所述第一设备和所述第二设备的到达时间差;
    所述终端设备根据所述到达时间差确定所述终端设备的位置。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述到达时间差T Δ满足:
    Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-100001
    或者,
    Figure PCTCN2022136773-appb-100002
    其中,TOF为定位参考信号在所述第一设备和所述第二设备之间的飞行时间。
  21. 根据权利要求13至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:
    所述终端设备接收第三设备的位置信息和来自所述第三设备的第三定位测量信息,所述第三定位测量信息用于指示第七时间间隔和第八时间间隔,所述第三设备属于所述多个设备,
    其中,所述第七时间间隔是第七时刻和第八时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第八时间间隔是所述第八时刻和第九时刻之间的时间间隔,所述第七时刻是所述第三设备接收所述第一定位参考信号的接收时刻,所述第八时刻是所述第三设备接收所述第二定位参考信号的接收时刻,所述第九时刻是所述第三设备接收所述第三定位参考信号的接收时刻,所述第八时刻在所述第七时刻之后,且所述第八时刻在所述第九时刻之前。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述第一定位测 量信息、所述第一设备的位置信息、所述第二定位测量信息和所述第二设备的位置信息确定所述终端设备的位置,包括:
    所述终端设备根据所述第一定位测量信息、所述第一设备的位置信息、所述第二定位测量信息、所述第二设备的位置信息、所述第三定位测量信息和所述第三设备的位置信息确定所述终端设备的位置。
  23. 一种定位装置,其特征在于,包括:
    用于实现权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法的单元。
  24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:
    存储器,用于存储计算机指令;
    处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法。
  25. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括:
    所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法。
  26. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的定位装置执行如权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法。
  27. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品在计算机上执行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至22中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/136773 2022-01-07 2022-12-06 一种定位方法和装置 WO2023130876A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210014727 2022-01-07
CN202210014727.X 2022-01-07
CN202210138847.0A CN116456270A (zh) 2022-01-07 2022-02-15 一种定位方法和装置
CN202210138847.0 2022-02-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023130876A1 true WO2023130876A1 (zh) 2023-07-13

Family

ID=87073047

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/136773 WO2023130876A1 (zh) 2022-01-07 2022-12-06 一种定位方法和装置

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023130876A1 (zh)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107567689A (zh) * 2015-05-14 2018-01-09 瑞典爱立信有限公司 用于在无线网络中同步节点的方法和系统
CN110012536A (zh) * 2018-01-05 2019-07-12 华为技术有限公司 用于终端设备的定位方法、装置及系统
CN110351823A (zh) * 2018-04-03 2019-10-18 华为技术有限公司 通信的方法和装置
CN111263305A (zh) * 2020-01-16 2020-06-09 深圳数位传媒科技有限公司 基于5g信号的多终端室内定位方法及装置
CN111989592A (zh) * 2020-07-16 2020-11-24 北京小米移动软件有限公司 同步系统中的测距方法、装置、设备及可读存储介质
WO2021253398A1 (zh) * 2020-06-19 2021-12-23 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 信息处理方法、设备及存储介质

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107567689A (zh) * 2015-05-14 2018-01-09 瑞典爱立信有限公司 用于在无线网络中同步节点的方法和系统
CN110012536A (zh) * 2018-01-05 2019-07-12 华为技术有限公司 用于终端设备的定位方法、装置及系统
CN110351823A (zh) * 2018-04-03 2019-10-18 华为技术有限公司 通信的方法和装置
CN111263305A (zh) * 2020-01-16 2020-06-09 深圳数位传媒科技有限公司 基于5g信号的多终端室内定位方法及装置
WO2021253398A1 (zh) * 2020-06-19 2021-12-23 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 信息处理方法、设备及存储介质
CN111989592A (zh) * 2020-07-16 2020-11-24 北京小米移动软件有限公司 同步系统中的测距方法、装置、设备及可读存储介质

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI778607B (zh) 定位方法、裝置及電腦存儲介質
US20230194648A1 (en) Method for positioning, terminal, and network-side device
CN110324889B (zh) 时钟同步方法、通信装置及通信设备
EP3832913A1 (en) Time synchronization method and device
KR101790910B1 (ko) 모바일 디바이스의 위치 추정 장치, 시스템, 및 방법
US10129841B2 (en) Apparatus, system and method of communicating timing synchronization information
WO2017076195A1 (zh) 时钟同步方法、同步信息传输方法及装置
WO2021249410A1 (zh) 定位方法、中继设备、物联网设备和网络设备
CN111163513B (zh) 基站间同步误差测量、上报、计算方法及网络节点
WO2022028252A1 (zh) 发送通道时延的校正方法、装置及存储介质
WO2022000354A1 (zh) 用于测距的方法和终端设备
WO2021046820A1 (zh) 一种测量上报方法及装置
WO2023236682A1 (zh) 定位方法、系统、设备、存储介质及程序产品
WO2023130876A1 (zh) 一种定位方法和装置
CN114630273B (zh) 一种基于无线信号到达时间的定位方法
WO2022160298A1 (zh) 时间同步方法、装置和系统
CN111586833A (zh) 一种定位方法、装置、终端、基站及管理功能实体
WO2021204248A1 (zh) 无线通信方法和通信装置
CN116456270A (zh) 一种定位方法和装置
CN114095855A (zh) 一种定位方法及装置
US12004105B2 (en) Time synchronization method and apparatus
WO2023221931A1 (zh) 用于定位的方法和装置
WO2024017098A1 (zh) 通信方法和通信装置
WO2023280052A1 (zh) 一种定位方法及装置
WO2022252231A1 (zh) 用于时间同步的方法、终端设备和网络设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22918328

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1